Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 124

autumn / winter

2010
contents

GENERAL INTEREST ............1

ACADEMIC TRADE ............35

HUMANITIES ..................61

SOCIAL SCIENCE ..............64

RELIGION & CLASSICS .......69

SCIENCE .......................73

ECONOMICS & LAW ..........75

DISTRIBUTED BOOKS ........79


PAPERBACKS ..................97

RECENTLY PUBLISHED .....116


AUTHOR / TITLE INDEX .....119
ORDER INFORMATION .....120

cover image:
Queen of Sheba. Conrad Kyeser,
Bellifortis, Bohemia, before 1405.
Parchment. 140 fols., 320 x 240 mm.
Göttingen, Niedersächsische Staats-
und Universitätsbibliothek. Cod. philos.
63, fol. 122r., Menil Foundation, Hickey
and Robertson.

inside front cover photo:


“After the Ball” by Ramon Casas i Carbo
(1866–1932). Museu de Montserrat,
Abadia de Montserrat, Spain.
The Bridgeman Art Library.

catalog design:
sheila barrett-smith
Justice for Hedgehogs
Ronald Dworkin
The fox knows many things, the Greeks said, but the hedgehog knows one big thing. In his most
comprehensive work Ronald Dworkin argues that value in all its forms is one big thing: that
what truth is, life means, morality requires, and justice demands are different aspects of the
same large question. He develops original theories on a great variety of issues very rarely con-
sidered in the same book: moral skepticism, literary, artistic, and historical interpretation, free
will, ancient moral theory, being good and living well, liberty, equality, and law among many
other topics. What we think about any one of these must stand up, eventually, to any argument
we find compelling about the rest.
Skepticism in all its forms—philosophical, cyni-
cal, or post-modern—threatens that unity. The Galilean
revolution once made the theological world of value safe R O N A L D D W O R K I N is
for science. But the new republic gradually became a new
the 2007 Holberg Laureate.
empire: the modern philosophers inflated the methods of
He is Sommer Professor of
physics into a totalitarian theory of everything. They
Law and Philosophy at New
invaded and occupied all the honorifics—reality, truth,
York University and author
fact, ground, meaning, knowledge, and being—and dic-
of many books, including Taking Rights
tated the terms on which
Seriously, A Matter of Principle, Law’s Empire,
other bodies of thought
Freedom’s Law, Sovereign Virtue, and Justice in
might aspire to them, and
(
Robes (all from Harvard).
Author Appearances skepticism has been the
( National Print Attention inevitable result. We need
( National Radio a new revolution. We must
Campaign
make the world of science
( National Print and
Online Advertising: safe for value.
New York Times Book
Review, New York Review BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 506 PP. |
of Books, The Atlantic, ISBN 978-0-674-04671-9 | $35.00 (£24.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY
New Republic, TLS,
London Review of Books,
New York Times Online,
New York Review of
Books Online, The
Nation Online,
Economist Online,
American Prospect
Online, National Public
Radio Online
( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 1
Peculiar Institution
America’s Death Penalty in an Age of Abolition
David Garland
“T ELLS A FASCINATING AND IMPORTANT STORY THAT ILLUMINATES WHY THE DEATH
PENALTY IS SO PROBLEMATIC AND YET SO WELL SUITED TO A MERICAN PRACTICES .”

—AUSTIN S ARAT, AUTHOR OF W HEN THE S TATE K iLLS

America’s death penalty is a peculiar institution born and bred of political and cultural prac-
tices. Despite its abolition elsewhere, it continues as a social fact enforced in U.S. law and in
dozens of American states. In a brilliantly provocative study, David Garland explains this tenac-
ity as the workings of a dynamic social system that acquired its
contemporary forms and meanings over time and that must be
understood in terms of past and present functioning.
D AV I D G A R L A N D is Once universal in every society, the political environ-
Professor of Law and ment of the death penalty has changed. America’s radical fed-
Sociology at New York eralism and local democracy, as well its legacy of violence and
University. racism, account for our divergence from the rest of the West.
Where elites of other nations were able to impose nationwide
abolition despite public objections, American elites are
unable—and unwilling—to end a decentralized punishment
that is embedded in popular culture.
In the course of hundreds of decisions, the federal
courts sought to rationalize and civilize an institution that had
( National Print Attention
( National Radio
too often resembled a “lynching,” producing layers of legal
process, delays, and reversals. Yet, the Supreme Court insists Campaign
that the issue is to be decided in the local political arena. Thus, ( National Print and
the death penalty continues to respond to popular opinion, Online Advertising:
New York Review of
enhancing the power of criminal justice professionals, providing
Books, The Atlantic,
media drama, and pleasing a public audience that consumes its Harper’s, New Republic,
practice. Garland brings a new clarity to our understanding of The Nation, New York
Review of Books Online,
this peculiar institution—and a new challenge to supporters and
New Republic Online,
opponents alike. London Review of Books
Online, History News
BELKNAP PRESS | OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 3 FIGURES, 3 TABLES | Network
410 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05723-4 | $35.00 / COBE | CURRENT AFFAIRS ( Online promotion

2 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Human Dignity
George Kateb
“T HE LAST—THAT IS , THE FIRST AND ONLY—THOROUGHGOING E MERSONIAN IN
A MERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT.”
—CORNEL W EST, P RINCETON U NIVERSITY

“T O READ K ATEB IS TO ENCOUNTER A WRITER OF WIDE RESOURCES AND ENORMOUS


SUBTLETY, BUT ALSO THAT RARER THING : A THINKER .”

—D AVID B ROMWICH , YALE U NIVERSITY

We often speak of the dignity owed to a person. And dignity is a


word that regularly appears in political speeches. Charters are prom-
ulgated in its name, and appeals to it are made when people all over
the world struggle to achieve their rights. But what exactly is dignity?
G E O R G E K AT E B
When one person physically assaults another, we feel the wrong
is William Nelson
demands immediate condemnation and legal sanction. Whereas
Cromwell
when one person humiliates or thoughtlessly makes use of another,
Professor of
we recognize the wrong and hope for a remedy, but the social
Politics, Emeritus, Princeton University.
response is less clear. The injury itself may be hard to quantify.
Given our concern with human dignity, it is odd that it has
received comparatively little scrutiny. Here, George Kateb asks what
human dignity is and why it matters
for the claim to rights. He proposes that dignity is an “existen-
( National Print Attention
tial” value that pertains to the identity of a person as a human
( National Print and being. To injure or even to try to efface someone’s dignity is to
Online Advertising: treat that person as not human or less than human—as a thing
New York Review of or instrument or subhuman creature. Kateb does not limit the
Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
London Review of Books, notion of dignity to individuals but extends it to the human
Harper’s, New Republic, species. The dignity of the human species rests on our unique-
The Nation, New York ness among all other species. In the book’s concluding section,
Review of Books Online,
American Prospect he argues that despite the ravages we have inflicted on it,
Online nature would be worse off without humanity. The supremely
( Online promotion fitting task of humanity can be seen as a “stewardship” of
nature. This secular defense of human dignity—the first book-
length attempt of its kind—crowns the career of a distin-
guished political thinker.

BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 224 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-04837-9 | $22.95 (£16.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 3
Dickinson
Selected Poems and Commentaries
Helen Vendler
“T HE BEST CLOSE READER OF POEMS TO BE FOUND ON THE LITERARY PAGES .”

—S EAMUS H EANEY

Seamus Heaney, Denis Donoghue, William Pritchard, Marilyn Butler, Harold Bloom, and many
others have praised Helen Vendler as one of the most attentive readers of poetry. Here, Vendler
turns her illuminating skills as a critic to 150 selected poems of Emily Dickinson. As she did in
The Art of Shakespeare’s Sonnets, she serves as an incomparable guide, considering both sty-
listic and imaginative features of the poems.
In selecting these poems for commentary Vendler chooses to
exhibit many aspects of Dickinson’s work as a poet, “from her first-person
poems to the poems of grand abstraction, from her ecstatic verses to her
HELEN unparalleled depictions of emotional numbness, from her comic anecdotes
V E N D L E R is to her painful poems of aftermath.” Included here are many expected
A. Kingsley favorites as well as more complex and less often anthologized poems.
Porter University Professor at Harvard Taken together, Vendler’s selection reveals Emily Dickinson’s development
University and author of many books, as a poet, her astonishing range, and her
including The Art of Shakespeare’s revelation of what Wordsworth called “the
Sonnets (Harvard). history and science of feeling.”
In accompanying commentaries ( National Print Attention
( National Radio
Vendler offers a deeper acquaintance with
Campaign
( National Print and
Dickinson the writer, “the inventive con-
ceiver and linguistic shaper of her perennial themes.” All of Online Advertising:
Dickinson’s preoccupations—death, religion, love, the natural New York Times Book
Review, New York Review
world, the nature of thought—are explored here in detail, but
of Books, The Atlantic,
Vendler always takes care to emphasize the poet’s startling imag- Harper’s, New Republic,
ination and the ingenuity of her linguistic invention. Whether TLS, London Review of
Books, Poetry Magazine,
exploring less familiar poems or favorites we thought we knew,
Poetry Nation, New York
Vendler reveals Dickinson as “a master” of a revolutionary verse- Times Online, New York
language of immediacy and power. Dickinson: Selected Poems Review of Books Online,
The Nation Online, New
and Commentaries will be an indispensable reference work for
Republic Online, London
students of Dickinson and readers of lyric poetry. Review of Books Online,
National Public Radio
BELKNAP PRESS | SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 506 PP. | Online
ISBN 978-0-674-04867-6 | $35.00 (£25.95 UK) | POETRY ( Online promotion

4 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Naive and the
Sentimental Novelist
Orhan Pamuk
What happens within us when we read a novel? And how
does a novel create its unique effects, so distinct from those
of a painting, a film, or a poem? In this inspired, thoughtful,
deeply personal book, Orhan Pamuk takes us into the worlds
of the writer and the reader, revealing
their intimate connections.
Pamuk draws on Friedrich
Schiller’s famous distinction between
ORHAN
“naive” poets—who write sponta-
PA M U K , the
neously, serenely, unselfconsciously—
Turkish
and “sentimental” poets: those who
novelist, is
are reflective, emotional, questioning, and alive to the artifice of the writ-
author of
ten word. Harking back to the beloved novels of his youth and ranging
Snow, My
through the work of such writers as Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, Stendhal,
Name Is Red, Istanbul, The Museum
Flaubert, Proust, Mann, and Naipaul, he explores the oscillation between
the naive and the reflective, and the of Innocence, and other works. He
search for an equilibrium, that lie at the was awarded the 2006 Nobel Prize

( National Print Attention center of the novelist’s craft. He ponders in Literature. More information on

( National Print and the novel’s visual and sensual power— the author can be found at
Online Advertising: its ability to conjure landscapes so vivid www.orhanpamuk.net.
New York Times Book
they can make the here-and-now fade
Review, New York Review
of Books, The Atlantic, away. In the course of this exploration,
TLS, Bookforum, Boston he considers the elements of character,
Review, New York Times
plot, time, and setting that compose the “sweet illusion” of the
Online, New York Review
of Books Online, London fictional world.
Review of Books Online, Anyone who has known the pleasure of becoming
New Republic Online,
The Nation Online, immersed in a novel will enjoy, and learn from, this perceptive
Harper’s Online, book by one of the modern masters of the art.
American Prospect
Online, PopMatters.com,
THE CHARLES ELIOT NORTON LECTURES | NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 |
National Public Radio 234 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05076-1 | $22.95 / COBE | LITERATURE
Online
( Online promotion Photo by Sp encer Platt

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 5
Pride and Prejudice
An Annotated Edition
Jane Austen
Edited by Patricia Meyer Spacks

“R EADING AUSTEN ’ S MASTERPIECE WITH PATRICIA M EYER S PACKS ’ S


COMMENTARIES AT HAND IS LIKE READING IT WITH A BETTER , WISER FRIEND :
SOMEONE WHO IS ABLE TO ANTICIPATE OUR QUESTIONS AND REACTIONS AND
SOMEONE WHO ALSO KNOWS AUSTEN AND HER PEOPLE INTIMATELY.”

—D EIDRE LYNCH , U NIVERSITY OF TORONTO

Along with the plays of William Shakespeare and the works of


Charles Dickens, Jane Austen’s novels are among the most beloved
PAT R I C I A books of Western literature. Pride and Prejudice (1813) was in
MEYER Austen’s lifetime her most popular novel, and it was the author’s
S PA C K S personal favorite. Adapted many times to the screen and stage, and
is Edgar F. Shannon Professor of the inspiration for numerous imitations, it remains today her most
English, Emerita, at the widely read book. Now, in this beautifully illustrated and anno-
University of Virginia. tated edition, distinguished scholar Patricia Meyer Spacks instructs
the reader in a larger appreciation of the novel’s enduring pleasures
and provides analysis of Darcy, Elizabeth Bennet, Lady Catherine,
and all the characters who inhabit
the world of Pride and Prejudice.

( National Print Attention


This edition will be treasured by specialists and first-
time readers, and especially by devoted Austen fans who think ( National Print and
of themselves as Friends of Jane. In her Introduction, Spacks Online Advertising:
considers Austen’s life and career, the continuing appeal of Pride New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
and Prejudice, and its power as a stimulus for fantasy (Maureen London Review of Books,
Dowd, writing in The New York Times, can hold forth at length Harper’s, New York
on Obama as a Darcy-figure, knowing full well her readers will Review of Books Online,
The Atlantic Online,
“understand that she wished to suggest glamour and sexiness”). London Review of Books
Her Introduction also explores the value and art of literary anno- Online, New Republic
tation. In her running commentary on the novel, she provides Online, JASNA News,
National Public Radio
notes on literary and historical contexts, allusions, and language Online
likely to cause difficulty to modern readers. She offers interpre- ( Online promotion
tation and analysis, always with the wisdom, humor, and light
Promenade dress, fashion plate
touch of an experienced and sensitive teacher. from Rudolph Ackermann,
Rep ositor y of A r ts, published
b et ween 1809 and 1829. The
BELKNAP PRESS | OCTOBER | 9 X 9 1⁄2 | 74 COLOR ILLUS. | 424 PP. | Stapleton Collec tion / The
ISBN 978-0-674-04916-1 | $35.00 (£24.95 UK) | LITERATURE Bridgeman Ar t Librar y.

6 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Last Utopia
Human Rights in History
Samuel Moyn
“A MOST WELCOME BOOK , T HE L AST U TOPiA IS A CLEAR - EYED ACCOUNT OF THE
ORIGINS OF ‘ HUMAN RIGHTS ’: THE BEST WE HAVE .”

—TONY J UDT

Human rights offer a vision of international justice that today’s idealistic millions hold dear. Yet
the very concept on which the movement is based became familiar
only a few decades ago when it profoundly reshaped our hopes for an
improved humanity. In this pioneering book, Samuel Moyn elevates
that extraordinary transformation to center stage and asks what it S A M U E L M OYN
reveals about the ideal’s troubled present and uncertain future.
is Professor of
For some, human rights stretch back to the dawn of West- History at
ern civilization, the age of the American and French Revolutions, or Columbia
the post–World War II moment when the Universal Declaration of University.
Human Rights was framed. Revisiting these episodes in a dramatic
tour of humanity’s moral history, The Last Utopia shows that it was
in the decade after 1968 that human rights began to make sense to
broad communities of people as the proper cause of justice. Across
eastern and western Europe, as well as throughout the United
States and Latin America, human rights crystallized in a few
short years as social activism and political rhetoric moved it
( National Print Attention
( National Radio
from the hallways of the United Nations to the global forefront.
Campaign It was on the ruins of earlier political utopias, Moyn
( National Print and argues, that human rights achieved contemporary prominence.
Online Advertising:
The morality of individual rights substituted for the soiled polit-
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, TLS, ical dreams of revolutionary communism and nationalism as
London Review of Books, international law became an alternative to popular struggle and
Harper’s, Bookforum,
bloody violence. But as the ideal of human rights enters into
New York Review of
Books Online, London rival political agendas, it requires more vigilance and scrutiny
Review of Books Online, than when it became the watchword of our hopes.
New Republic Online,
The Nation Online,
BELKNAP PRESS | SEPTEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 1 LINE ILLUS. | 305 PP. |
History News Network
( Online promotion
ISBN 978-0-674-04872-0 | $27.95 (£20.95 UK) | HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 7
What Is a Palestinian
State Worth?
Sari Nusseibeh
P RAISE FOR O NcE U PON A c OUNTRY: A PALESTiNiAN L iFE :
“N USSEIBEH ’ S AUTOBIOGRAPHY IS , PERHAPS , THE MOST IMPORTANT TO EMERGE
FROM THE M IDDLE E AST FOR DECADES .”
—M ORIS FARHI , T HE i NdEPENdENT

“A DEEPLY ADMIRABLE BOOK BY A DEEPLY ADMIRABLE MAN .”

—L EON W IESELTIER , N EW YORK T iMES B OOK R EviEW

Can a devout Jew be a devout Jew and drop the belief in the rebuild-
ing of the Temple? Can a devout Muslim be a devout Muslim and drop
the belief in the sacredness of the Rock? Can one right (the right of
SARI return) be given up for another (the right to live in peace)? Can one
N U S S E I B E H is claim Palestinian identity and still retain Israeli citizenship? What is a
the president of Palestinian state worth? For over sixty years, the Israeli-Palestinian con-
Al-Quds University in Jerusalem flict has been subjected to many solutions and offered many answers by
and the author of Once Upon a diverse parties. Yet, answers are only as
Country: A Palestinian Life. good as the questions that beget them.
It is with this simple, but powerful idea,
the idea of asking the basic questions ( National Print Attention
( National Radio
anew, that the renowned Palestinian
Campaign
( National Print and
philosopher and activist Sari Nusseibeh begins his book.
What Is a Palestinian State Worth? poses questions Online Advertising:
New York Review of
about the history, meaning, future, and resolution of the
Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
Israel/Palestine conflict. Deeply informed by political philoso- London Review of Books,
phy and based on decades of personal involvement with politics New Republic, The
Nation, Foreign Affairs,
and social activism, Nusseibeh’s moderate voice—global in its
New York Review of
outlook, yet truly grounded in his native city of Jerusalem— Books Online, History
points us toward a future which, as George Lamming once put News Network
it, is colonized by our acts in this moment, but which must ( Online promotion
always remain open.

FEBRUARY | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 234 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04873-7 |


$19.95 (£14.95 UK) | CURRENT AFFAIRS

8 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Roosevelt’s Purge
How FDR Fought to Change the Democratic Party
Susan Dunn
In his first term in office, Franklin Roosevelt helped pull the nation out of the Great Depression
with his landmark programs. In November 1936, every state except Maine and Vermont voted
enthusiastically for his reelection. But then the political winds shifted. Not only did the Supreme
Court block some of his transformational experiments, but he also faced serious opposition
within his own party. Conservative Democrats such as Senators Walter George of Georgia and
Millard Tydings of Maryland allied themselves with Republicans
to vote down New Deal bills.
Susan Dunn tells the dramatic story of FDR’s unprece-
dented battle to drive his foes out of his party by intervening in S U S A N D U N N is
Democratic primaries and backing liberal challengers to conser- Preston Parish ’41
vative incumbents. Reporters branded his tactic a “purge”—and Third Century
the inflammatory label stuck. Roosevelt spent the summer months Professor in the Arts
of 1938 campaigning across the country, defending his progressive and Humanities at
policies and lashing out at conservatives. Despite his efforts, the Williams College.
Democrats took a beating in the midterm elections.
The purge stemmed
not only from FDR’s commit-
ment to the New Deal but also from his conviction that the
( National Print Attention
( National Radio
nation needed two responsible political parties, one liberal, the
Campaign other conservative. Although the purge failed, at great political
( National Print and cost to the president, it heralded the realignment of political
Online Advertising: parties that would take place in the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s.
New York Review of
By the end of the century, the irreconcilable tensions within
Books, The Atlantic,
Harper’s, TLS, London the Democratic Party had exploded, and the once solidly Dem-
Review of Books, The ocratic South was solid no more. It had taken sixty years to
Atlantic Online, New
resolve the tangled problems to which FDR devoted one fran-
Republic Online, New
York Review of Books tic, memorable summer.
Online, American
Prospect Online, Liberal BELKNAP PRESS | OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 20 HALFTONES | 354 PP. |
and conservative blog ISBN 978-0-674-05717-3 | $27.95 (£20.95 UK) | HISTORY
network, History News
Network
( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 9
The Berlin-Baghdad Express
The Ottoman Empire and Germany’s Bid for World Power
Sean McMeekin
The modern Middle East was forged in the crucible of the First World War, but few know the
full story of how war actually came to the region. As Sean McMeekin reveals in this startling
reinterpretation of the war, it was neither the British nor the French but rather a small clique
of Germans and Turks who thrust the Islamic world into the conflict for their own political, eco-
nomic, and military ends.
The Berlin-Baghdad Express tells the fascinating story of how Germany exploited
Ottoman pan-Islamism in order to destroy the British Empire, then the largest Islamic power in
the world. Meanwhile the Young Turks harnessed themselves to German military might to
avenge Turkey’s hereditary enemy, Russia. Told from the perspec-
tive of the key decision-makers on the Turco-German side, many
of the most consequential events of World War I—Turkey’s entry
SEAN MCMEEKIN into the war, Gallipoli, the Armenian massacres, the Arab revolt,
is Assistant and the Russian Revolution—are illuminated as never before.
Professor of
Drawing on a wealth of new sources, McMeekin forces
International Relations at Bilkent us to re-examine Western interference in the Middle East and its
University in Turkey. lamentable results. It is an epic tragicomedy of unintended conse-
quences, as Turkish nationalists give Russia the war it desperately
wants, jihad begets an Islamic
insurrection in Mecca, German
( National Print Attention
sabotage plots upend the Tsar
delivering Turkey from Russia’s yoke, and German Zionism mid- ( National Print and
wifes the Balfour Declaration. All along, the story is interwoven Online Advertising:
with the drama surrounding German efforts to complete the New York Review of
Books, London Review of
Berlin to Baghdad railway, the weapon designed to win the war Books, New York Review
and assure German hegemony over the Middle East. of Books Online, Foreign
Affairs Online, History
News Network
( Online promotion
BELKNAP PRESS | SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 454 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05739-5 | $29.95 / USA | HISTORY

10 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Decline and Fall of the
American Republic
Bruce Ackerman
Bruce Ackerman shows how the institutional dynamics of the last half-century have trans-
formed the American presidency into a potential platform for political extremism and law-
lessness. Watergate, Iran-Contra, and the War on Terror are only symptoms of deeper
pathologies. Ackerman points to a series of developments that have previously been treated
independently of one another—from the rise of presidential pri-
maries, to the role of pollsters and media gurus, to the central-
ization of power in White House czars, to the politicization of the
military, to the manipulation of constitutional doctrine to justify
BRUCE
presidential power-grabs. He shows how these different transfor-
A C K E R M A N is
mations can interact to generate profound constitutional crises in
Sterling
the twenty-first century—and then proposes a series of reforms
that will minimize, if not eliminate, the risks going forward. Professor of
Law and
The book aims to begin a new constitutional debate.
Political
Americans should not suppose that Barack Obama’s centrism and
Science at Yale University and the author
constitutionalism will typify the presidencies of the twenty-first
century. We should seize the present opportunity to confront of We the People and The Failure of the
deeper institutional pathologies Founding Fathers (both from Harvard).
before it is too late.

( Author Appearances BELKNAP PRESS | THE TANNER

( National Print Attention


LECTURES ON HUMAN VALUES |

( National Radio
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 264 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05703-6 |
Campaign $25.95 (£19.95 UK) | CURRENT AFFAIRS
( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, New
Republic, London Review
of Books, Harper’s, New
Republic, The Nation,
New York Review of
Books Online, New
Republic Online,
American Prospect
Online, Weekly Standard
Online, History News
Network,
dailyBeast.com
( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 11
Age of Fracture
Daniel T. Rodgers
“T HE MOST WIDE - RANGING AND AMBITIOUS INTERPRETATION OF LATE -TWENTIETH -
CENTURY A MERICAN INTELLECTUAL HISTORY AVAILABLE .”

—J AMES K LOPPENBERG

In the last quarter of the twentieth century, the ideas that most Americans lived by started to
fragment. Mid-century concepts of national consensus, managed markets, gender and racial
identities, citizen obligation, and historical memory became more fluid. Flexible markets pushed
aside Keynesian macroeconomic structures. Racial and gender solidarity divided into multiple
identities; community responsibility shrank to smaller circles. In this wide-ranging narrative,
Daniel Rodgers shows how the collective purposes and
meanings that had framed social debate became unhinged
and uncertain.
D A N I E L T. R O D G E R S
Age of Fracture offers a powerful reinterpretation
is Henry Charles Lea
of the ways in which the decades surrounding the 1980s
Professor of History at
changed America. Through a contagion of visions and
Princeton University and
metaphors, on both the intellectual right and the intellec-
the author of Atlantic Crossings (Harvard).
tual left, earlier notions of history and society that stressed
solidity, collective institutions, and social circumstances
gave way to a more individualized human nature that
emphasized choice, agency,
performance, and desire.
On a broad canvas that includes Michel Foucault, Ronald Rea-
gan, Judith Butler, Charles Murray, Jeffrey Sachs, and many ( National Print Attention
more, Rodgers explains how structures of power came to seem ( National Print and
Online Advertising:
less important than market choice and fluid selves.
New York Review of
Cutting across the social and political arenas of late- Books, The Atlantic, New
Republic, TLS, London
twentieth-century life and thought, from economic theory and
Review of Books,
the culture wars to disputes over poverty, color-blindness, and Harper’s, New Republic,
sisterhood, Rodgers reveals how our categories of social reality New York Review of
Books Online, New
have been fractured and destabilized. As we survey the intel-
Republic Online, The
lectual wreckage of this war of ideas, we better understand the Nation Online, American
emergence of our present age of uncertainty. Prospect Online, Foreign
Affairs Online, History
News Network
( Online promotion
BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 346 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05744-9 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | CURRENT AFFAIRS

12 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Classical Tradition
Edited by Anthony Grafton, Glenn W. Most,
and Salvatore Settis
Advisory Board: Gordon Braden, Peter Burke, Joseph Connors, Jas Elsner,
Philip Gossett, Dimitri Gutas, Alexander Jones, Jill Kraye, Wilfried Nippel,
Vivian Nutton, Claudia Rapp, and Jean-Claude Schmitt

How do we get from the polis to the police? Or from Odysseus’ sirens
to an ambulance’s? The legacy of ancient Greece and Rome has
been imitated, resisted, misunderstood, and reworked by every cul-
ture that followed. In this volume, some five hundred articles by a
wide range of scholars investigate the afterlife of this rich heritage in the
fields of literature, philosophy, art, architecture, history, politics, religion,
and science. Arranged alphabetically from Academy to Zoology, the
essays—designed and written to serve scholars, students,
and the general reader alike—show how the Classical
tradition has shaped human endeavors from art to gov-
ernment, mathematics to medicine, drama to urban plan-
ning, legal theory to popular culture. At once authoritative and accessible, A N T H O N Y G R A F T O N is Henry Putnam

learned and entertaining, comprehensive and surprising, and accompanied by University Professor of History and Chair
an extensive selection of illustrations, this guide illuminates the vitality of the of the Council of the Humanities at
Classical tradition that still surrounds us today. Princeton University. He is the author of
many books, including Worlds Made by
BELKNAP PRESS | HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS Words (Harvard) and “I have always loved
REFERENCE LIBRARY |
( National Print Attention OCTOBER | 8 X10 1⁄4 | 150 COLOR ILLUS. | the Holy Tongue” (page 25). G L E N N W.
( National Print and
1028 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-03572-0 | M O S T is Professor of Greek Philology,
$49.95 (£36.95 UK) | CLASSICS
Online Advertising: Scuola Normale Superiore di Pisa, and
New York Review of
Professor of Social Thought, University of
Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
London Review of Books, Chicago. He is the author of Doubting
Harper’s, Bookforum, Thomas (Harvard). S A LVAT O R E S E T T I S
New Republic, New York
Review of Books Online, is Director of the Scuola Normale
The Atlantic Online, Superiore di Pisa and Professor of the
London Review of Books
History of Classical Art and Archaeology.
Online, New Republic
Online, National Public
Radio Online

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 13
Shi’ism
A Religion of Protest
Hamid Dabashi
For a Western world anxious to understand Islam and, in particular, Shi’ism, this book arrives
with urgently needed information and critical analysis. Hamid Dabashi exposes the soul of
Shi’ism as a religion of protest—successful only when in a warring position, and losing its legit-
imacy when in power.
Dabashi makes his case through a detailed discussion of the Shi’i doctrinal founda-
tions, a panoramic view of its historical unfolding, a varied investigation into its visual and per-
forming arts, and finally a focus on the three major sites of its
contemporary contestations: Iran, Iraq, and Lebanon. In these states,
Shi’ism seems to have ceased to be a sect within the larger context of
Islam and has instead emerged to claim global political attention. Here
HAMID
we see Shi’ism in its combative mode—reminiscent of its traumatic
D A B A S H I , an
birth in early Islamic history. Hezbollah in Lebanon claims Shi’ism, as
internationally do the militant insurgents in Iraq, the ruling Ayatollahs in Iran, and
renowned the masses of youthful demonstrators rebelling against their reign. All
cultural critic and award-winning declare their active loyalties to a religion of protest that has defined
author, is Hagop Kevorkian Professor them and their ancestry for almost
of Iranian Studies and Comparative fourteen hundred years.
Literature at Columbia University. Shi’sm: A Religion of Protest
More information can be found at ( National Print Attention
( National Radio
attends to the explosive conflicts in
www.hamiddabashi.com. the Middle East with an abiding atten- Campaign
tion to historical facts, cultural forces, ( National Print and
religious convictions, literary and Online Advertising:
New York Review of
artistic nuances, and metaphysical Books, The Atlantic, TLS,
details. This timely book offers read- London Review of Books,
ers a bravely intelligent history of a New Republic, New York
Review of Books Online,
world religion. Foreign Affairs Online,
London Review of Books
BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 13 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | Online, History News
390 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04945-1 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | Network
RELIGION/HISTORY

14 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
In Praise of Copying
Marcus Boon
This book is devoted to a deceptively simple but original argument: that copying is an essential
part of being human, that the ability to copy is worthy of celebration, and that, without recog-
nizing how integral copying is to being human, we cannot understand ourselves or the world
we live in.
In spite of the laws, stigmas, and anxieties attached to it, the word “copying” perme-
ates contemporary culture, shaping discourse on issues from hip hop to digitization to gender
reassignment, and is particularly crucial in legal debates concerning
intellectual property and copyright. Yet as a philosophical concept,
copying remains poorly understood. Working comparatively across
cultures and times, Marcus Boon undertakes an examination of MARCUS BOON
what this word means—historically, culturally, philosophically— is Associate
and why it fills us with fear and fascination. He argues that the dom- Professor of
inant legal-political structures that define copying today obscure English, York
much broader processes of imitation that have constituted human University,
communities for ages and continue to shape various subcultures Toronto, and the
today. Drawing on contemporary art, music and film, the history of
author of The Road of Excess
aesthetics, critical theory, and Bud-
(Harvard). More information can be
dhist philosophy and practice, In
found at www.marcusboon.com.
Praise of Copying seeks to show
( National Print Attention how and why copying works, what
( National Print and the sources of its power are, and
Online Advertising:
the political stakes of renegotiating
New York Review of
Books, Harper’s, TLS, the way we value copying in the
London Review of Books, age of globalization.
Bookforum, New York
Review of Books Online,
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 240 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04783-9 |
The Atlantic Online,
$25.95 (£19.95 UK) | CULTURAL STUDIES
New Republic Online,
The Nation Online,
History News Network
( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 15
The End of Arrogance
America in the Global Competition of Ideas
Steven Weber and Bruce W. Jentleson
Free-market capitalism, hegemony, Western culture, peace, and democracy—the ideas that
shaped world politics in the twentieth century and underpinned American foreign policy—
have lost a good deal of their strength. Authority is now more contested and power more dif-
fuse. Hegemony (benign or otherwise) is no longer a choice, not for the United States, for China,
or for anyone else.
Steven Weber and Bruce Jentleson are not declinists, but they argue that the United
States must take a different stance toward the rest of the world in this, the twenty-first century.
Now that we can’t dominate others, we must rely on strategy,
making trade-offs and focusing our efforts. And they do not
mean military strategy, such as “the global war on terror.”
STEVEN WEBER
Rather, we must compete in the global marketplace of ideas—
is Professor of Political with state-directed capitalism, with charismatic authoritarian
Science, University of leaders, with jihadism. In politics, ideas and influence are now
California, Berkeley, and critical currency.
author of The Success of Open Source (Harvard).
At the core of our efforts must be a new conception
B R U C E W. J E N T L E S O N is Professor of Public of the world order based on mutuality, and of a just society
Policy and Political Science, Duke University. that inspires and embraces people around the world.

SEPTEMBER | 5 X 7 3⁄4 | 200 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05818-7 |


$22.95 (£16.95 UK) | CURRENT AFFAIRS

( National Print Attention


( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Nation, New
Republic, New York
Review of Books Online,
Foreign Affairs Online,
The Huffington Post

16 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Wandering Soul
The Dybbuk’s Creator, S. An-sky
Gabriella Safran
The man who would become S. An-sky—ethnographer, war correspondent, author of the best-
known Yiddish play, The Dybbuk—was born Shloyme-Zanvl Rappoport in 1863, in Russia’s
Pale of Settlement. His journey from the streets of Vitebsk to the center of modern Yiddish and
Hebrew theater, by way of St. Petersburg, Paris, and war-torn Austria-Hungry, was both extraor-
dinary and in some ways typical: Marc Chagall, another child of Vitebsk, would make a similar
transit a generation later. Like Chagall, An-sky was loyal to mul-
tiple, conflicting Jewish, Russian, and European identities. And
like Chagall, An-sky made his physical and cultural transience
manifest as he drew on Jewish folk culture to create art that GABRIELLA
defied nationality. S A F R A N is Associate
Leaving Vitebsk at seventeen, An-sky forged a number Professor of Slavic
of apparently contradictory paths. A witness to peasant poverty, Languages and
pogroms, and war, he tried to rescue the vestiges of disappearing Literatures at
communities even while fighting for reform. A loner addicted to Stanford University.
reinventing himself—at times a Russian laborer, a radical orator,
a Jewish activist, an ethnographer of Hasidism, a wartime relief
worker—An-sky saw himself as a savior of the people’s culture
and its artifacts. What united the disparate strands of his life was his eagerness to speak to and
for as many people as possible, regardless of their language or national origin.
In this first full-length biography in English, Gabriella Safran, using Russian, Yiddish,
Hebrew, and French sources, recreates this neglected protean figure who, with his passions,
struggles, and art, anticipated the complicated identities of the
European Jews who would follow him.

( National Print Attention NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 26 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | 410 PP. |
( National Print and ISBN 978-0-674-05570-4 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | BIOGRAPHY
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic,
Harper’s, New Republic,
Bookslut Online, Jewish
Week Online
( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 17
“T HE IMAGES ARE SIMPLY
EXTRAORDINARY AND THE SCHOLARSHIP
INSPIRING . A NYONE WHO CARES ABOUT VOLUME 1
W ESTERN ART OR ABOUT A FRICA AND F R O M T H E P H A R A O H S TO
HER DIASPORA OUGHT TO KNOW THESE T H E FA L L O F T H E R O M A N
MAGNIFICENT VOLUMES .” EMPIRE, NEW EDITION
—K WAME A NTHONY A PPIAH VOLUME 2
F R O M T H E E A R LY
C H R I S T I A N E R A TO T H E
the “A G E O F D I S CO V E R Y ”

Image of PART 1: FROM THE DEMONIC THREAT


TO THE INCARNATION OF

the Black in
SAINTHOOD, NEW EDITION
PART 2: AFRICANS IN THE CHRISTIAN
ORDINANCE OF THE WORLD,
Western Art NEW EDITION

VOLUME 3
EDITED BY FROM THE “AGE OF DISCOVERY”
TO THE AGE OF ABOLITION
DAVID BINDMAN &
PART 1 : ARTISTS OF THE
HENRY LOUIS GATES, JR. RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE

18 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
In the 1960s, as a response to segregation in the United States, the influ-
ential art patron Dominique de Menil began a research project and photo
archive called The Image of the Black in Western Art. Now, fifty years D AV I D B I N D M A N is Emeritus
later, as the first American president of African American descent occu- Professor of the History of Art at
pies his historic term in office, her mission has been re-invigorated University College London.
through the collaboration of Harvard University Press and the W. E. B. H E N R Y L O U I S G AT E S , J R . , is
Du Bois Institute to present new editions of the coveted five original Alphonse Fletcher University
books and the anticipated first
Professor and is the Director of the
part of a new volume. The
W. E. B. Du Bois Institute for African
( National Print Attention
completed set will include ten
and African American Research at
( National Print and Online
sumptuous books in five vol-
Harvard University.
Advertising: New York umes with up-to-date intro-
Times Book Review, New ductions and more full-color
York Review of Books, The illustrations, printed on high-
Atlantic, TLS, Bookforum,
Boston Review, London quality art stock for books that will last a lifetime.
Review of Books, This monumental publication offers expert commentary and a
Artforum, Art in America,
New York Times Online,
lavishly illustrated history of the representations of people of African
New York Review of Books descent ranging from the ancient images of Pharaohs created by unknown
Online, TheRoot.com, hands to the works of the great European masters such as Bosch, Rem-
London Review of Books
Online, New Republic
brandt, Rubens, and Hogarth to stunning new creations by contempo-
Online, National Public rary black artists. Including thousands of beautiful, moving, and often
Radio Online little-known images of black people, including queens and slaves, saints
( Online promotion and soldiers, children and gods, The Image of the Black in Western Art
provides a treasury of masterpieces from four millennia—a testament to
the black experience in the West and a tribute to art’s endur-
ing power to shape our common humanity.

FROM THE PHARAOHS TO THE FALL OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE


BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 9 3⁄4 X 11 | 345 COLOR ILLUS.,
50 HALFTONES, 5 MAPS | 340 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05271-0 |
$95.00 (£69.95 UK) | ART
FROM THE DEMONIC THREAT TO THE INCARNATION OF SAINTHOOD
BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 9 3⁄4 X 11 |
168 COLOR ILLUS., 15 HALFTONES, 2 MAPS | 260 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05256-7 | $95.00 (£69.95 UK) | ART
AFRICANS IN THE CHRISTIAN ORDINANCE OF THE WORLD
BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 9 3⁄4 X 11 | 259 COLOR ILLUS.,
20 HALFTONES | 310 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05258-1 |
$95.00 (£69.95 UK) | ART
ARTISTS OF THE RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE
BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 9 3⁄4 X 11 | 190 COLOR ILLUS. |
290 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05261-1 | $95.00 (£69.95 UK) | ART

Statuette of a young musician. From Chalon-sur-S aône. Hellenistic


Perio d. Bronze. H: 20.2 cm. Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale, Cabinet des
M édailles. B ab elon and Blanchet, Catalo gue des bronzes (Paris, 1895),
no. 1009. Statue of St. M aurice. Ab out 1240-50. S andstone (traces of
p olychromy). H: 112 cm. M agdeburg, Cathedral of St. M aurice and St.
Catherine, choir. M enil Foundation, H ickey and Rob er tson.

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 19
The 50 Most Extreme Places in
Our Solar System
David Baker and Todd Ratcliff
“T HIS IS A COOL BOOK . S PECTACULARLY ILLUSTRATED , IT CONVEYS SOME OF
ASTRONOMY ’ S HEAVIEST FACTS IN A LIGHT AND AIRY WAY. R EADERS SHOULD
HAVE FUN READING IT.”

—PAUL W. H ODGE , U NIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON

The extreme events that we hear about daily—hurricanes, earthquakes, tsunamis, and vol-
canic eruptions—are extreme in purely human terms, in the devastation they do. But this
book moves our understanding of the extreme into extraterrestrial
dimensions and gives us an awe-inspiring sense of what our solar sys-
tem at its utmost can do. Martian dust devils taller than Mount Ever-
D AV I D est. A hurricane that lasts over 340 years. Volcanoes with “lava” colder
BAKER than Antarctica. Hail made of diamonds. Here, as the authors say, the
is the “WOW” factor is restored to our understanding of scientific discovery,
Chairman of the Physics Department at as we witness the grandeur and the weirdness that inspire researchers
Austin College. T O D D R AT C L I F F is a to dig deeper and go ever farther into the mysteries of the universe.
planetary geophysicist at NASA’s Jet The 50 Most Extreme Places in Our Solar System combines
Propulsion Laboratory. a fascination with natural disasters and the mesmerizing allure of outer
space to take readers on a journey that will forever change the way
they view our solar system. Full of dazzling photographs from NASA’s
most recent observations, this book
explores extreme regions on Earth and
beyond—giant turbulent storms, explosive volcanoes, and the
( National Print Attention
possibility of life surviving in harsh conditions.
( National Print and
More than a collection of facts, the book conveys the Online Advertising:
dynamism of science as a process of exploration and discovery. Harper’s Online, Sky and
Telescope Online,
As they amuse and entertain, David Baker and Todd Ratcliff,
Astronomy Magazine
two experts in planetary science, highlight recent developments Online, Science Online,
and unresolved mysteries and strive, at every turn, to answer Nature Online, Seed
Magazine Online
that important scientific question: “Why?”
( Online promotion

BELKNAP PRESS | SEPTEMBER | 7 X 8 |


225 COLOR ILLUS., 25 HALFTONES | 276 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04998-7 |
$27.95 (£19.95 UK) | SCIENCE

Photo by Lois Jean Wardell, Ph.D.

20 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Poetry and the Police
Communication Networks in Eighteenth-Century Paris
Robert Darnton
In spring 1749, François Bonis, a medical student in Paris, found himself unexpectedly hauled
off to the Bastille for distributing an “abominable poem about the king.” So began the Affair of
the Fourteen, a police crackdown on ordinary citizens for unau-
thorized poetry recitals. Why was the official response to these
poems so intense?
In this captivating book, Robert Darnton follows the ROBERT

poems as they passed through several media: copied on scraps of D A R N T O N is


paper, dictated from one person to another, memorized and Carl H. Pforzheimer
declaimed to an audience. But the most effective dispersal occurred University
through music, when poems were sung to familiar tunes. Lyrics Professor and
often referred to current events or revealed popular attitudes Director of the
toward the royal court. The songs provided a running commentary University Library
on public affairs, and Darnton brilliantly traces how the lyrics fit at Harvard
into song cycles that carried messages through the streets of Paris University. An
during a period of rising discontent. He uncovers a complex com- internationally recognized scholar on the
munication network, illuminating the way information circulated in history of the book and the literary world of
a semi-literate society. Enlightenment France, Darnton is the author of
This lucid and entertaining book reminds us of both the many books, including The Devil in the Holy
importance of oral exchanges in the history of communication and Water, or the Art of Slander from Louis XIV to
the power of “viral” networks long Napoleon and The Case for Books.
before our internet age.

( Author Appearances
( National Print Attention D OWNLOAD THE SONGS DISCUSSED IN
( National Print and P OETRY AND THE P OLICE , AS PERFORMED BY MEZZO - SOPRANO
Online Advertising: H ÉLÈNE D ELAVAULT, ACCOMPANIED BY GUITARIST C LAUDE PAVY:
New York Review of WWW. HUP. HARVARD . EDU / FEATURES / DARPOE /
Books, TLS, London
Review of Books, The H É L È N E D E L AVAU LT studied at the Paris Conservatoire and
Atlantic Online, New
The Julliard School, has sung in operas and operettas, and has
Republic Online,
also created her own cabarets, including an exploration of the
Harper’s Online, History
News Network world of bawdy songs in eighteenth-century France .

BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 9 HALFTONES, 1 CHART |


240 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05715-9 | $25.95 (£19.95 UK) | HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 21
How Many Friends Does
One Person Need?
Dunbar’s Number and Other Evolutionary Quirks
Robin Dunbar
“A N ECLECTIC COLLECTION OF ESSAYS ON HUMANITY AND EVOLUTION WITH
SOMETHING FOR EVERYONE . . . [D UNBAR ] SPEAKS WITH AUTHORITY AND SEDUCES
US AS ONLY A MASTER CAN .”

—K ATE D OUGLAS

Why do men talk and women gossip, and which is better for you? Why is
monogamy a drain on the brain? And why should you be suspicious of
someone who has more than 150 friends on Facebook?

ROBIN We are the product of our evolutionary history, and this history
D U N B A R is
colors our everyday lives—from why we joke to the depth of our religious
beliefs. In How Many Friends Does One Person Need? Robin Dunbar uses
Professor of
groundbreaking experiments that have forever changed the way evolu-
Psychology
tionary biologists explain how the distant past underpins our current
at the University of Liverpool and
behavior.
author of Grooming, Gossip, and
We know so much more now than Darwin ever did, but the core
the Evolution of Language and The
of modern evolutionary theory lies firmly in Darwin’s elegantly simple idea:
Trouble with Science (both from
organisms behave in ways that enhance the frequency with which genes
Harvard).
are passed on to future generations. This idea is at the heart of Dunbar’s
book, which seeks to explain why humans behave as they do. Stimulating,
provocative, and immensely enjoyable, his book invites you to explore the
number of friends you have, whether you have your father’s brain or your
mother’s, whether morning sickness might
actually be good for you, why Barack Obama’s 2008 victory was
a foregone conclusion, what Gaelic has to do with frankincense,
and why we laugh. In the process, Dunbar examines the role of ( National Print Attention
religion in human evolution, the fact that most of us have unex- ( National Print and
pectedly famous ancestors, and why men and women never Online Advertising:
New York Review of
seem able to see eye to eye on color. Books, Harper’s Online,
Science Online, Nature
NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 290 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05716-6 | Online, Seed Magazine
$27.95 / USA | SCIENCE Online
( Online promotion

22 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Lab
Creativity and Culture
David Edwards
“E DWARDS INFECTS US WITH HIS SUBJECTS ’ CREATIVITY. W HEN THE FINAL CHAPTER
TURNS FROM VIGNETTES TO HIS UTOPIAN L ABORATOIRE , WE ’ RE ROOTING FOR IT TO
SUCCEED .”

—A LICE W. F LAHERTY, N ATURE (P RAISE FOR A RTSciENcE )

Six months before opening Le Laboratoire David Edwards visited Hans Ulrich Obrist, who had
co-curated a famous exhibit, Laboratorium, that explored connections between art and science.
“Famous, yes,” said Hans, “which I find ironic since almost nobody saw it. You have to be care-
ful getting too near contemporary science.”
But this was precisely where David Edwards chose to be.
His book, The Lab, promotes surprising innovations in culture,
D AV I D E D WA R D S
industry, and society by exploring new ideas in the arts and design
at the frontiers of science. In The Lab Edwards argues for a new teaches at Harvard
kind of educational art lab based on a contemporary science lab University and is
model—the “artscience lab.” With examples ranging from breath- founding director of Le Laboratoire in Paris and
able chocolate to contemporary art installations that explore the the Idea Translation Lab at Harvard. His work spans
neuroscience of fear, he shows how students learn by translating the arts and sciences and lies at the core of a
ideas alongside experienced creators and exhibiting risky experi- network of multi-disciplinary labs in Europe, USA
mental processes in gallery settings. Idea translation from concep- and Africa. Edwards is the founder of Medicine in
tion to realization is in turn facilitated by a network of Need and the Boston-based Cloud Foundation that
complementary labs whose missions range from education to oversees Cloud Place, a dynamic center for urban
industrial and humanitarian development. youth arts, and that launched the $100K
A manifesto of a new innovation model driven by the ArtScience Innovation Prize. The youngest-ever
arts, this is the first detailed description of an emerging cultural member of the National Academy of Engineering,
phenomenon in the United States Edwards was a featured speaker at Davos in 2010.
and Europe where artists and sci- The author of ArtScience (Harvard), his creative
( Author Appearances entists collaborate to produce work is described at www.davidideas.com.
( National Print Attention intriguing cultural content and
( National Print and
surprising innovations. It also
Online Advertising:
Bookforum, Harper’s offers a fresh look at the creative
Online, Science Online, process as it applies to experiential education, museum
Nature Online, Seed
exhibition, and industrial innovation.
Magazine Online,
Wired.com, The
chronicle of Higher OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 10 HALFTONES | 224 PP. |
Education Online, ISBN 978-0-674-05719-7 | $22.95 (£16.95 UK) | SCIENCE / ART
Economist Online
( Online promotion
Photo by Klane Fabien Thouvenin

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 23
The Death Marches
The Final Phase of Nazi Genocide
Daniel Blatman
Translated by Chaya Galai

From January 1945, in the last months of the Third Reich, about 250,000 inmates of concen-
tration camps perished on death marches and in countless incidents of mass slaughter. They
were murdered with merciless brutality by their SS guards, by army and police units, and often
by gangs of civilians as they passed through German and Austrian towns and villages. Even in
the bloody annals of the Nazi regime, this final death blow was unique in character and scope.
In this first comprehensive attempt to answer the ques-
tions raised by this final murderous rampage, the author draws
on the testimonies of victims, perpetrators, and bystanders.
D A N I E L B L AT M A N
Hunting through archives throughout the world, Daniel Blat-
man sets out to explain—to the extent that is possible—the
is Professor of Jewish
effort invested by mankind’s most lethal regime in liquidating
History and Head of
the remnants of the enemies of the “Aryan race” before it aban-
the Avraham Harman
doned the stage of history. What were the characteristics of this
Institute of Contemporary Jewry, The
last Nazi genocide? How was it linked to the earlier stages, the
Hebrew University of Jerusalem.
slaughter of millions in concen-
tration camps? How did the pre-
( National Print and
vailing chaos help to create the
conditions that made the final Online Advertising:
murderous rampage possible? New York Review of
Books, TLS, London
In its exploration of a topic nearly neglected in the cur- Review of Books,
rent history of the Shoah, this book offers unusual insight into commentary, New York
Review of Books Online,
the workings, and the unraveling, of the Nazi regime. It com-
History News Network
( Online promotion
bines micro-historical accounts of representative massacres with
an overall analysis of the collapse of the Third Reich, helping us
to understand a seemingly inexplicable chapter in history.

BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 3⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 12 HALFTONES, 5 MAPS |


524 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05049-5 | $35.00 (£24.95 UK) | HISTORY

24 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
“I have always loved the
Holy Tongue”
Isaac Casaubon, the Jews, and a Forgotten Chapter in Renaissance Scholarship
Anthony Grafton and Joanna Weinberg
Fusing high scholarship with high drama, Anthony Grafton and Joanna Weinberg uncover a
secret and extraordinary aspect of a legendary Renaissance scholar’s already celebrated achieve-
ment. The French Protestant Isaac Casaubon (1559–1614) is known to us through his pedan-
tic namesake in George Eliot’s Middlemarch. But in this book, the
real Casaubon emerges as a genuine literary hero, an intrepid
explorer in the world of books. With a flair for storytelling reminis-
cent of Umberto Eco, Grafton and Weinberg follow Casaubon as he ANTHONY
unearths the lost continent of Hebrew learning—and adds this G R A F T O N is
ancient lore to the well-known Renaissance revival of Latin and Henry Putnam
Greek. University
The mystery begins with Mark Pattison’s nineteenth- Professor of
century biography of Casaubon. Here we encounter the Protestant History and the
Casaubon embroiled in intellectual quarrels with the Italian and Humanities, Princeton University. He is the
Catholic orator Cesare Baronio. author of many books and an editor of The
Setting out to understand the Classical Tradition (page 13). J O A N N A
nature of this imbroglio, Grafton W E I N B E R G is a Reader in Hebrew and
( National Print Attention and Weinberg discover Casaubon’s Jewish Studies, University of Oxford.
( National Print and knowledge of Hebrew. Close read-
Online Advertising:
ing and sedulous inquiry were
New York Review of
Books, TLS, London Casaubon’s tools in recapturing the
Review of Books, New lost learning of the ancients—and
Republic, Bookforum,
these are the tools that serve Grafton and Weinberg as they
commentary, New York
Review of Books Online, pore through pre-1600 books in Hebrew, and through
History News Network Casaubon’s own manuscript notebooks. Their search takes
them from Oxford to Cambridge, from Dublin to Cambridge,
Massachusetts, as they reveal how the scholar discovered the
learning of the Hebrews—and at what cost.

BELKNAP PRESS | CARL NEWELL JACKSON LECTURES |


JANUARY | 7 X 10 | 42 HALFTONES | 400 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04840-9 | $35.00 (£25.95 UK) |
BIOGRAPHY / HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 25
Pilgrims of the Vertical
Yosemite Rock Climbers and Nature at Risk
Joseph E. Taylor III
Few things suggest rugged individualism as powerfully as the solitary mountaineer testing his
or her mettle in the rough country. Yet the long history of wilderness sport complicates this
image. In this surprising story of the premier rock-climbing venue in the United States, Pilgrims
of the Vertical offers insight into the nature of wilderness adventure.
From the founding era of mountain climbing in Victorian Europe to present-day climb-
ing gyms, Pilgrims of the Vertical shows how ever-changing alignments of nature, technology,
gender, sport, and consumer culture have shaped climbers’ relations to nature and to each other.
Even in Yosemite Valley, a premier site for sporting and environmental
culture since the 1800s, elite athletes cannot be entirely disentangled
from the many men and women seeking recreation and camaraderie.
JOSEPH E.
Following these climbers through time, Joseph Taylor uncovers
TAY L O R I I I
lessons about the relationship of individuals to groups, sport to society,
is Associate
and nature to culture. He also shows how social and historical contexts
Professor,
influenced adventurers’ choices and experiences, and why some became
Departments of History and
leading environmental activists—including John Muir, David Brower, and
Geography, Simon Fraser Yvon Chouinard. In a world in which wild nature is increasingly associ-
University. ated with play, and virtuous play with environmental values, Pilgrims of
the Vertical explains when and how these ideas developed, and why they
became intimately linked to consumerism.

OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 36 HALFTONES, 3 MAPS | 398 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-05287-1 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | SPORTS
( Author Appearances
( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, Sierra Online,
History News Network
( Online promotion

26 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Heart of William James
William James
Edited and with an Introduction by
Robert Richardson

On the one hundredth anniversary of the death of William James, Robert Richardson, author
of the magisterial William James: In the Maelstrom of American Modernism, assembles a wide-
ranging selection of essays and writings that reveal the evolution of James’s thought over time,
especially as it was continually being shaped by the converging influences of psychology, phi-
losophy, and religion throughout his life.
Proceeding chronologically, the volume begins with
“What Is an Emotion,” James’s early, notable, and still contro-
ROBERT
versial argument that many of our emotions follow from (rather
R I C H A R D S O N is
than cause) physical or physiological reactions. The book con-
cludes with “The Moral Equivalent of War,” one of the greatest Adjunct Professor of
anti-war pieces ever written, perhaps even more relevant now Letters at Wesleyan
than when it was first published. In between, in essays on “The University.
Dilemma of Determinism,” “The Hidden Self,” “Habit,” and
“The Will”; in chapters from The Principles of Psychology and
The Varieties of Religious Experience; and in such pieces as “On
a Certain Blindness in Human Beings,” “What Makes a Life Sig-
nificant,” and “Philosophical Conceptions and Practical Results,” we witness the evolution of
James’s philosophical thinking, his pragmatism, and his radical empiricism. Throughout, Richard-
son’s deeply informed introductions place James’s work in its
proper biographical, historical, and philosophical context.
( National Print and In essay after essay, James calls us to live a fuller,
Online Advertising: richer, better life, to seek out and use our best energies and
New York Review of
sympathies. As every day is the day of creation and judgment,
Books, TLS, London
Review of Books so every age was once the new age—and as this book makes
abundantly clear, William James’s writings are still the gateway
to many a new world.

AUGUST | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 1 LINE ILLUS. | 372 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-05561-2 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) |
PHILOSOPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 27
What Is Mental Illness?
Richard J. McNally
According to a major health survey, nearly half of all Americans have been mentally ill at some
point in their lives—more than a quarter in the last year. Can this be true? What exactly does
it mean, anyway? What’s a disorder, and what’s just a struggle with real life?
This lucid and incisive book cuts through both professional jargon and polemical hot
air, to describe the intense political and intellectual struggles over what counts as a “real” dis-
order, and what goes into the “DSM,” the psychiatric bible. Is schizophrenia a disorder?
Absolutely. Is homosexuality? It was—till gay rights activists drove it out of the DSM a gener-
ation ago. What about new and controversial diagnoses? Is “social anxiety disorder” a way of
saying that it’s sick to be shy, or “female sexual arousal disorder” that
it’s sick to be tired?
An advisor to the DSM, but also a fierce critic of exaggerated
RICHARD J. overuse, McNally defends the careful approach of describing disorders
M C N A L LY is by patterns of symptoms that can be seen, and illustrates how often
Professor of the system medicalizes everyday emotional life.
Psychology at Neuroscience, genetics, and evolutionary psychology may illu-
Harvard University and author of minate the biological bases of mental illness, but at this point, McNally
Remembering Trauma (Harvard). argues, no science can draw a bright line between disorder and dis-
tress. In a pragmatic and humane con-
clusion, he offers questions for patients
and professionals alike to help under-
stand, and cope with, the sorrows and psychopathologies of ( National Print Attention
everyday life. ( National Print and
Online Advertising:
BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 304 PP. | New York Review of
ISBN 978-0-674-04649-8 | $27.95 (£20.95 UK) | Books, TLS, London
PSYCHOLOGY Review of Books,
Harper’s, Science Online,
Nature Online,
Psychology Today Online
( Online promotion

28 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
College Admissions for
the 21st Century
Robert J. Sternberg
SATs, ACTs, GPAs. Everyone knows that these scores can’t tell a college everything that’s impor-
tant about an applicant. But what else should admissions officers look for, and how can they
know it when they see it? In College Admissions for the 21st Century a leading researcher on
intelligence and creativity offers a bold and practical approach to college admissions testing.
Standardized tests are measures of memory and analytical
skills. But the ever-changing global society beyond a college campus
needs more than just those qualities, argues Robert Sternberg. Tomor-
row’s leaders and citizens also need creativity, practicality, and wisdom.
ROBERT J.
How can the potential for those complex qualities be meas- STERNBERG,
ured? One answer is “Kaleidoscope,” a new initiative in undergraduate formerly IBM
admissions, first used at Tufts University. Its open-ended questions for Professor of
applicants, and the means used to score the answers, gives applicants
Psychology and
and admissions officers the chance to go beyond standardized tests.
Education and
Does it work? As Sternberg describes in detail, Kaleidoscope Professor of Management at Yale,
measures predicted first-year academic success, over and above SATs was Dean of Arts and Sciences at
and high school GPAs, and predicted first-year extracurricular activi-
Tufts University from 2005 to 2010.
ties, leadership, and active citizenship
as well. And every year that Kaleido-

( National Print Attention


scope measures were used, the enter-
( National Print and
ing class’s average SATs and high
Online Advertising: school GPAs went up too.
New York Review of
What worked at Tufts can work elsewhere. New
Books, Harvard
Educational Review, kinds of assessments, like Kaleidoscope, can liberate many col-
chronicle of Higher leges and students from the narrowness of standardized tests
Education Online, inside
and inspire new approaches to teaching for new kinds of tal-
Higher Education Online,
change Magazine ented, motivated citizens of the world.
Online
( Online promotion OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 224 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04823-2 |
$23.95 (£17.95 UK) | EDUCATION

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 29
No Right Turn
Conservative Politics in a Liberal America
David T. Courtwright
“C RISPLY WRITTEN , COLORFUL , AND OFTEN OUT- OF -THE - BOX ORIGINAL , THIS IS A
BOLD , SWEEPING LOOK AT THE LAST FOUR DECADES OF A MERICAN HISTORY.”

—G IL T ROY, AUTHOR OF L EAdiNg FROM THE c ENTER

Few question the “right turn” America took after 1966, when liberal political power began to
wane. But if they did, No Right Turn suggests, they might discover that all was not really “right”
with the conservative golden age. A provocative overview of a half century of American poli-
tics, the book takes a hard look at the counterrevolutionary dreams of
liberalism’s enemies—to overturn people’s reliance on expanding gov-
ernment, reverse the moral and sexual revolutions, and win the Culture
D AV I D T. War—and finds them largely unfulfilled.
COURT WRIGHT David Courtwright deftly profiles celebrated and controversial
is Presidential figures, from Clare Booth Luce, Barry Goldwater, and the Kennedy
Professor at the brothers to Jerry Falwell, David Stockman, and Lee Atwater. He shows
University of North Florida and the us Richard Nixon’s keen talent for turning popular anxieties about
author of several books, including morality and federal meddling to Republican advantage—and his inabil-
Forces of Habit (Harvard). ity to translate this advantage into reactionary policies. Corporate inter-
ests, boomer lifestyles, and the media weighed heavily against Nixon
and his successors, who placated their base with high-profile attacks on
crime, drugs, and welfare dependency.
Meanwhile, religious conservatives
floundered on abortion and school prayer, obscenity, gay rights,
( National Print and
and legalized vices like gambling, and fiscal conservatives Online Advertising:
watched in dismay as the bills mounted. New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, The
We see how President Reagan’s mélange of big gov-
Nation Online, New
ernment, strong defense, lower taxes, higher deficits, mass Republic Online,
imprisonment, and patriotic symbolism proved an illusory form American Prospect
Online, Weekly Standard
of conservatism. Ultimately, conservatives themselves rebelled
Online, Politico Online,
against George W. Bush’s profligate brand of Reaganism. Liberal and conservative
Courtwright’s account is both surprising and compelling, a brac- blogs, History News
Network
ing argument against some of our most cherished clichés about
recent American history.

OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 22 HALFTONES | 320 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-04677-1 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY / POLITICS

30 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Fugitive Justice
Runaways, Rescuers, and Slavery on Trial
Steven Lubet
During the tumultuous decade before the Civil War, no issue was more divisive than the pur-
suit and return of fugitive slaves—a practice enforced under the Fugitive Slave Act of 1850.
When free Blacks and their abolitionist allies intervened, prosecutions and trials inevitably fol-
lowed. These cases involved high legal, political, and—most of all—human drama, with run-
aways desperate for freedom, their defenders seeking recourse to a “higher law” and normally
fair-minded judges (even some opposed to slavery) considering the disposition of human beings
as property.
Fugitive Justice tells the stories of three of the most dra-
matic fugitive slave trials of the 1850s, bringing to vivid life the
determination of the fugitives, the radical tactics of their rescuers, STE VEN LUBE T
the brutal doggedness of the slavehunters, and the tortuous is Williams
response of the federal courts. These cases underscore the crucial Memorial Professor
role that runaway slaves played in building the tensions that led to of Law and Director
the Civil War, and they show us how “civil disobedience” devel- of the Bartlit Center
oped as a legal defense. As they unfold we can also see how such for Trial Strategy, Northwestern
trials—whether of rescuers or of the slaves themselves—helped University.
build the northern anti-slavery movement, even as they pushed
southern firebrands closer to secession.
How could something
so evil be treated so routinely by just men? The answer says
much about how deeply the institution of slavery had pene-
( National Print and trated American life even in free states. Fugitive Justice pow-
Online Advertising: erfully illuminates this painful episode in American history, and
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic, The its role in the nation’s inexorable march to war.
Nation Online, New
Republic Online, BELKNAP PRESS | NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 340 PP. |
American Prospect ISBN 978-0-674-04704-4 | $29.95 / COBE | HISTORY
Online, Weekly Standard
Online, Politico Online,
Liberal and conservative
blogs, History News
Network

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 31
Eden on the Charles
The Making of Boston
Michael Rawson
Drinking a glass of tap water, strolling in a park, hopping a train for the suburbs: some aspects
of city life are so familiar that we don’t think twice about them. But such simple actions are
structured by complex relationships with our natural world. The contours of these relation-
ships—social, cultural, political, economic, and legal—were established during America’s first
great period of urbanization in the nineteenth century, and Boston, one of the earliest cities in
America, often led the nation in designing them. A richly textured cultural and social history
of the development of nineteenth-century Boston, this book provides a new environmental per-
spective on the creation of America’s first cities.
Eden on the Charles explores how Bostonians channeled country
lakes through miles of pipeline to provide clean water; dredged the ocean
MICHAEL
to deepen the harbor; filled tidal flats and covered the peninsula with
R AW S O N
houses, shops, and factories; and created a metropolitan system of parks
is Assistant and greenways, facilitating the conversion of fields into suburbs. The book
Professor of shows how, in Boston, different class and ethnic groups brought rival ideas
History, Brooklyn College, of nature and competing visions of a “city upon a hill” to the process of
City University of New York. urbanization—and were forced to conform their goals to the realities of
Boston’s distinctive natural setting. The outcomes of their battles for control
over the city’s development were ultimately recorded in the very fabric of
Boston itself. In Boston’s history, we find the seeds of the environmental
relationships that—for better or worse—have defined urban America to this day.

OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 12 MAPS, 17 HALFTONES | 350 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-04841-6 | $29.95 (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY

( Author Appearances in
Boston Area
( National Print and
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, Boston Review,
Phoenix Online,
Boston.com, History
News Network
( Online promotion

32 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Journey Through
the Afterlife
The Ancient Egyptian Book of the Dead
Edited by John H. Taylor
The Book of the Dead is not a single text but a compilation of
spells that the ancient Egyptians believed would assist them in
the afterlife as they made their perilous journey toward the
realm of the gods and the ultimate state of eternity. No two copies
are identical. The spells are often accompanied by colored
vignettes, which graphically show the imagined landscape
of the Netherworld, the gods and demons whom the
J O H N H . TAY L O R
deceased will meet, and the critical “weighing of the
heart”—the judgment that will determine whether the is a curator at the
traveler will be admitted into the afterlife or condemned to British Museum specializing in
destruction by the monstrous “Devourer.” ancient Egyptian funerary
archaeology.
With contributions from leading scholars and
detailed catalog entries that interpret the spells and painted
scenes, this fascinating and important book affords a
greater understanding of ancient Egyptian belief systems
and poignantly reveals the hopes and fears of mortal man
about the “world” beyond death. The whole is beautifully illustrated with specially commis-
sioned photographs of these exceptional papyri and an array of contextual funerary objects—
painted coffins, gilded masks, amulets, jewelry, tomb figurines, and mummy trappings.

NOVEMBER | 11 X 11 | 240 COLOR ILLUS. | 312 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-05750-0 | $35.00 / NA |
ART / MIND, BODY, SPIRIT
( National Print and
I mages © The Trustees of the British Museum
Online Advertising:
New York Review of
Books, The Atlantic
Online, Harper’s Online,
London Review of Books
Online
( Online promotion

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 33
Seeing Patients
Unconscious Bias in Health Care
Augustus A. White III, M.D.
with David Chanoff

If you’re going to have a heart attack, an organ transplant, or a joint replacement, here’s the key
to getting the very best medical care: be a white, straight, middle-class male. This book by a pio-
neering black surgeon takes on one of the few critically important topics that haven’t figured in
the heated debate over health care reform—the largely hidden yet massive injustice of bias in
medical treatment.
Growing up in Jim Crow–era Tennessee and training and
teaching in overwhelmingly white medical institutions, Gus White
witnessed firsthand how prejudice works in the world of medicine.
AU G U S T U S A . And while race relations have changed dramatically, old ways of think-
WHITE III, ing die hard. In Seeing Patients White draws upon his experience in
M . D . , is
startlingly different worlds to make sense of the unconscious bias that
riddles medical treatment, and to explore what it means for health
Professor
care in a diverse twenty-first-century America.
of Medical Education and Orthopedic Surgery
at Harvard Medical School and the first African White and co-author David Chanoff use extensive research
American department chief at Harvard’s and interviews with leading physicians to show how subconscious
stereotyping influences doctor-patient interactions, diagnosis, and
teaching hospitals. D AV I D C H A N O F F is a
treatment. Their book brings together insights from the worlds of
writer living in Marlborough, MA.
social psychology, neuroscience, and clinical practice to define the
issues clearly and, most importantly, to
outline a concrete approach to fixing

( National Print and


this fundamental inequity in the deliv-
ery of health care. Online Advertising:
New Republic, JAMA,
JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | New England Journal of
17 HALFTONES | 276 PP. | Medicine, The Lancet,
ISBN 978-0-674-04905-5 | American Prospect
$27.95 (£20.95 UK) | Online, Liberal and
MEDICINE conservative blog
networks
( Online promotion
Augustus White and his wife Anita, 1970.

34 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Offensive Internet
Speech, Privacy, and Reputation
Edited by Saul Levmore and Martha C. Nussbaum
Contributors include the editors, Cass Sunstein,
Daniel J. Solove, Brian Leiter, and Geoffrey Stone

The Internet has been romanticized as a zone of freedom. The alluring combination of sophis-
ticated technology with low barriers to entry and instantaneous outreach to millions of users has
mesmerized libertarians and communitarians alike. Law-
makers have joined the celebration, passing the Commu-
nications Decency Act, which enables Internet Service
Providers to allow unregulated discourse without danger
S A U L L E V M O R E is the
of liability, all in the name of enhancing freedom of speech.
William B. Graham
But an unregulated Internet is a breeding ground for offen-
Professor of Law at the
sive conduct.
University of Chicago Law
At last we have a book that begins to focus on
School. M A R T H A C .
abuses made possible by anonymity, freedom from liability,
N U S S B A U M is Ernst
and lack of oversight. The distinguished scholars assembled
Freund Distinguished Service Professor of
in this volume, drawn from law and philosophy, connect
Law and Ethics at the University of
the absence of legal oversight with harassment and dis-
Chicago Law School and the author of
crimination. Questioning the simplistic notion that abusive
speech and mobocracy are the inevitable outcomes of new several books, including The Clash Within,
technology, they argue that current misuse is the outgrowth Frontiers of Justice, and Cultivating
of social, technological, and legal choices. Seeing this Humanity (all from Harvard).
clearly will help us to be better informed about our options.
In a field still dominated by a frontier perspective,
this book has the potential to be a real game changer.
Armed with example after example of harassment in Internet chat rooms and forums, the
authors detail some of the vile and hateful speech that the current combination of law and tech-
nology has bred. The facts are then treated to analysis and policy prescriptions. Read this book
and you will never again see the Internet through rose-colored glasses.

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 295 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05089-1 | $27.95 * (£20.95 UK) | CURRENT AFFAIRS / LAW

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 35
The Evolution of the
Human Head
Daniel E. Lieberman
“L IEBERMAN ’ S INTEGRATED APPROACH WILL MAKE HIS BOOK A FORUM FOR A WAY
OF THINKING IN HUMAN EVOLUTION THAT HAS NOT YET FOUND ITS EQUAL IN PRINT.”

—C HRISTOPHER D EAN , U NIVERSITY COLLEGE LONDON

In one sense, human heads function much like those of other mammals. We use them to chew,
smell, swallow, think, hear, and so on. But, in other respects, the human head is quite unusual.
Unlike other animals, even our great ape cousins, our heads are short and wide, very big brained,
snoutless, largely furless, and perched on a short, nearly vertical neck.
Daniel E. Lieberman sets out to explain how the human head works, and
why our heads evolved in this peculiarly human way.
DANIEL E.
Exhaustively researched and years in the making, this innovative
LIEBERMAN
book documents how the many components of the head function, how
is Professor
they evolved since we diverged from the apes, and how they interact in
of Human diverse ways both functionally and developmentally, causing them to be
Evolutionary Biology at highly integrated. This integration not only permits the head’s many units
Harvard. to accommodate each other as they grow and work, but also facilitates
evolutionary change. Lieberman shows how, when, and why the major
transformations evident in the evolution of the human head occurred.
The special way the head is integrated, Lieberman argues, made it possi-
ble for a few developmental shifts to have had widespread effects on craniofacial growth, yet
still permit the head to function exquisitely.
This is the first book to explore in depth what happened in human evolution by inte-
grating principles of development and functional morphology with the hominin fossil record.
The Evolution of the Human Head will permanently change the study of human evolution and
has widespread ramifications for thinking about other branches of evolutionary biology.

BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 3⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 55 HALFTONES, 110 LINE ILLUS. | 728 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04636-8 | $39.95 * (£29.95 UK) | SCIENCE

36 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Dilemmas and Connections
Selected Essays
Charles Taylor
There are, always, more things in heaven and earth than are dreamt of in one’s philosophy—
and in these essays Charles Taylor turns to those things not fully imagined or avenues not wholly
explored in his epochal A Secular Age. Here Taylor talks in detail about thinkers who are his
allies and interlocutors, such as Iris Murdoch, Alasdair MacIntyre, Robert Brandom, and Paul
Celan. He offers major contributions to social theory, expanding on the issues of nationalism,
democratic exclusionism, religious mobilizations, and moder-
nity. And he delves even more deeply into themes taken up in
A Secular Age: the continuity of religion from the past into the
future; the nature of the secular; the folly of hoping to live by C H A R L E S TAY L O R is
“reason alone”; the perils of moralism. He also speculates on Professor Emeritus of
how irrationality emerges from the heart of rationality itself, Philosophy, McGill
and why violence breaks out again and again. University. A Secular
In A Secular Age, Taylor more evidently foregrounded Age, also published by
his Catholic faith, and there are several essays here that fur- Harvard, was judged a
ther explore that faith. Overall, this is a hopeful book, showing “best book of the year” in 2007 by
how, while acknowledging the force of religion and the per- Publishers Weekly, Toronto Globe and Mail,
sistence of violence and folly, we nonetheless have the power and the Times Literary Supplement, among
to move forward once we have given up the brittle pretensions others. He is the author of many books,
of a narrow rationalism. including The Ethics of Authenticity,
Sources of the Self, and Philosophical
BELKNAP PRESS | FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 454 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05532-2 | $39.95 * (£29.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY Arguments (all from Harvard).

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 37
The Colors of Zion
Blacks, Jews, and Irish from 1845 to 1945
George Bornstein
“B ORNSTEIN ’ S EMBRACE OF A MORE HUMANE VISION OF THE WORLD THAT
TRANSCENDS NARROW GROUP LOYALTIES MAY STRIKE SOME READERS AS
SENTIMENTAL OR SOMEHOW OUT OF KEEPING WITH A SERIOUS WORK OF CULTURAL
HISTORY. B UT THE PURPOSE OF THIS BOOK IS TO ARGUE THAT WE HAVE LITTLE HOPE
OF OVERCOMING THE DIFFERENCES OF THE PRESENT UNLESS WE HAVE A MUCH
BETTER GRASP OF THE DIFFERENCES OF THE PAST.”

—E RIC S UNDQUIST

A major reevaluation of relationships among Blacks, Jews, and Irish in


the years between the Irish Famine and the end of World War II, The
Colors of Zion argues that the cooperative efforts and sympathies
GEORGE among these three groups, each persecuted and subjugated in its own
BORNSTEIN way, was much greater than often acknowledged today. For the Black,
is C. A. Patrides Jewish, and Irish writers, poets, musicians, and politicians at the cen-
Professor of ter of this transatlantic study, a sense of shared wrongs inspired repeated
Literature, Emeritus, at the outpourings of sympathy. If what they have to say now surprises us, it
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. is because our current constructions of interracial and ethnic relations
have overemphasized conflict and division. As George Bornstein says in
his Introduction, he chooses “to let the principals speak for themselves.”
While acknowledging past conflicts and tensions, Bornstein
insists on recovering the “lost connections” through which these groups
frequently defined their plights as well as their aspirations. In doing so, he examines a wide
range of materials, including immigration laws, lynching, hostile race theorists, Nazis and Klans-
men, discriminatory university practices, and Jewish publishing houses alongside popular plays
like The Melting Pot and Abie’s Irish Rose, canonical novels like Ulysses and Daniel Deronda,
music from slave spirituals to jazz, poetry, and early films such as The Jazz Singer. The models
of brotherhood that extended beyond ethnocentrism a century ago, the author argues, might
do so once again today, if only we bear them in mind. He also urges us to move beyond arbi-
trary and invidious categories of race and ethnicity.

FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 20 HALFTONES | 250 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05701-2 |


$27.95 * (£20.95 UK) | HISTORY

38 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Two Faces of
American Freedom
Aziz Rana
“A STRIKINGLY ORIGINAL AND POWERFUL ACCOUNT OF A MERICAN POLITICAL
CULTURE .”

—J EDEDIAH P URDY

“W ILL PUT THE CONCEPT OF SETTLER FREEDOM ON THE MAP OF SCHOLARSHIP ON


A MERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT, A MERICAN POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT, AND
DEMOCRATIC THEORY.”

—R OGERS S MITH

The Two Faces of American Freedom boldly reinterprets the American


political tradition from the colonial period to modern times, placing issues AZIZ RANA
of race relations, immigration, and presidentialism in the context of shift- is Assistant
ing notions of empire and citizenship. Today, while the U.S. enjoys Professor of
tremendous military and economic power, citizens are increasingly insu- Law at
lated from everyday decision-making. This was not always the case. Amer- Cornell Law School.
ica, Aziz Rana argues, began as a settler society grounded in an ideal of
freedom as the exercise of continuous self-rule—one that joined direct
political participation with economic independence. However, this vision
of freedom was politically bound to the subordination of marginalized
groups, especially slaves, Native Americans, and women. These practices of liberty and exclu-
sion were not separate currents, but rather two sides of the same coin.
However, at crucial moments, social movements sought to imagine freedom without
either subordination or empire. By the mid-twentieth century, these efforts failed, resulting in
the rise of hierarchical state and corporate institutions. This new framework presented national
and economic security as society’s guiding commitments and nurtured a continual extension of
America’s global reach. Rana envisions a democratic society that revives settler ideals, but com-
bines them with meaningful inclusion for those currently at the margins of American life.

SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 382 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04897-3 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY / POLITICS

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 39
Reading and Writing in Babylon
Dominique Charpin
Translated by Jane Marie Todd

Over 5,000 years ago, the history of humanity radically changed direction when writing was
invented in Sumer, the southern part of present-day Iraq. For the next three millennia, kings,
aristocrats, and slaves all made intensive use of cuneiform script to document everything from
royal archives to family records.
In engaging style, Dominique Charpin shows how hundreds of thousands of clay
tablets testify to the history of an ancient society that communicated broadly through letters to
gods, insightful commentary, and sales receipts. He includes a number of passages, offered in
translation, that allow readers an illuminating glimpse into the lives of
Babylonians. Charpin’s insightful overview discusses the methods and
institutions used to teach reading and writing, the process of appren-
DOMINIQUE
ticeship, the role of archives and libraries, and various types of litera-
CHARPIN
ture, including epistolary exchanges and legal and religious writing.
is Professor of
The only book of its kind, Reading and Writing in Babylon
Mesopotamian
introduces Mesopotamia as the birthplace of civilization, culture, and
History at the Sorbonne, Paris.
literature while addressing the technical side of writing and arguing for
a much wider spread of literacy than is generally assumed. Charpin
combines an intimate knowledge of cuneiform with a certain breadth
of vision that allows this book to transcend a small circle of scholars.
Though it will engage a broad general audience, this book also fills a critical academic gap and
is certain to become the standard reference on the topic.

OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 46 HALFTONES, 7 LINE ILLUS., 1 MAP | 342 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-04968-0 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY

Votive do g from Sumu-ilu. B eginning of 2nd millenium B C E . Louvre, Paris, France.


Photo Credit: Réunion des Musées Nationaux / Ar t Resource, NY

40 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
La Vita Nuova
Dante Alighieri
Translated by David R. Slavitt
Introduction by Seth Lerer

”G RACEFUL , READABLE , AND JUST—D AVID S LAVITT ' S TRANSLATION IS A DELICATE


AND SURPRISING ACHIEVEMENT. T HIS IS ANOTHER TRIUMPH FOR S LAVITT, AND A
TREAT FOR THE REST OF US .”

—H ENRY TAYLOR

La Vita Nuova (1292–94) has many aspects. Dante’s libello, or


“little book,” is most obviously a book about love. In a sequence
of thirty-one poems, the author recounts his love of Beatrice D AV I D R . S L AV I T T
from his first sight of her (when he was nine and she eight), is a poet and the
through unrequited love and chance encounters, to his pro- translator of more
found grief sixteen years later at her sudden and unexpected than ninety works of
death. Linked with Dante’s verse are commentaries on the indi- fiction, poetry, and
vidual poems-—their form and meaning—as well as the events drama. S E T H L E R E R
and feelings from which they originate. Through these com- is Dean of Arts and
mentaries the poet comes to see romantic love as the first step
Humanities and Distinguished Professor of
in a spiritual journey that leads to salvation and the capacity for
Literature at the University of California at
divine love. He aims to reside with Beatrice among the stars.
San Diego.
David Slavitt gives us a readable and appealing trans-
lation of one of the early, defining masterpieces of European lit-
erature, animating its verse and prose with a fluid, lively, and
engaging idiom and rhythm. His translation makes this first
major book of Dante’s stand out as a powerful work of art in its own regard, independent of its
“junior” status to La Commedia. In an Introduction, Seth Lerer considers Dante as a poet of civic
life. “Beatrice,” he reminds us, “lives as much on city streets and open congregations as she does
in bedroom fantasies and dreams.”

SEPTEMBER | 4 3⁄8 X 7 1⁄8 | 130 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05093-8 | $18.95 * (£14.95 UK) | LITERATURE

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 41
Desert Kingdom
How Oil and Water Forged Modern Saudi Arabia
Toby Craig Jones
Oil and water, and the science and technology used to harness them, have long been at the heart
of political authority in Saudi Arabia. Oil’s abundance, and the fantastic wealth it generated, has
been a keystone in the political primacy of the kingdom’s ruling family. The other bedrock ele-
ment was water, whose importance was measured by its dearth. Over much of the twentieth
century, it was through efforts to control and manage oil and water that the modern state of
Saudi Arabia emerged.
The central government’s power over water, space, and people expanded steadily over
time, enabled by increasing oil revenues. The operations of the Arabian
American Oil Company proved critical to expansion and to achieving
power over the environment. Political authority in Saudi Arabia took shape
TO BY
through global networks of oil, science, and expertise. And, where oil and
CRAIG
water were central to the forging of Saudi authoritarianism, they were also
J O N E S is instrumental in shaping politics on the ground. Nowhere was the impact
Assistant more profound than in the oil-rich Eastern Province, where the politics of
Professor of History at Rutgers oil and water led to a yearning for national belonging and to calls for rev-
University at New Brunswick. olution.
Saudi Arabia is traditionally viewed through the lenses of Islam,
tribe, and the economics of oil. Desert Kingdom now provides an alterna-
tive history of environmental power and the making of the modern Saudi
state. It demonstrates how vital the exploitation of nature and the roles of
science and global experts were to the consolidation of political authority in the desert.

NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 292 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04985-7 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY

42 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Brain Storm
The Flaws in the Science of Sex Differences
Rebecca M. Jordan-Young
Female and male brains are different, thanks to hormones coursing through the brain before
birth. That’s taught as fact in psychology textbooks, academic journals, and bestselling books.
And these hardwired differences explain everything from sexual orientation to gender identity,
to why there aren’t more women physicists or more stay-at-home dads.
In this compelling book, Rebecca Jordan-Young takes on the evidence that sex differ-
ences are hardwired into the brain. Analyzing virtually all pub-
lished research that supports the claims of “human brain
organization theory,” Jordan-Young reveals how often these stud-
ies fail the standards of science. Even if careful researchers point REBECC A M.
out the limits of their own studies, other researchers and jour- J O R D A N - YO U N G
nalists can easily ignore them because brain organization theory is a sociomedical
just sounds so right. But if a series of methodological weaknesses, scientist and an
questionable assumptions, inconsistent definitions, and enormous Assistant Professor
gaps between ambiguous findings and grand conclusions have of Women’s Studies
accumulated through the years, then science isn’t scientific at all. at Barnard College, Columbia University.
Elegantly written, this book argues passionately that the
analysis of gender differences deserves far more rigorous, biolog-
ically sophisticated science. “The evidence for hormonal sex dif-
ferentiation of the human brain better resembles a hodge-podge
pile than a solid structure…Once we have cleared the rubble, we can begin to build newer,
more scientific stories about human development.”

SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 15 HALFTONES, 3 TABLES | 390 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-05730-2 | $35.00 * (£25.95 UK) | PSYCHOLOGY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 43
Announcing
DUMBARTON OAKS
The Vulgate Bible
Volume I
MEDIEVAL LIBRARY
The Pentateuch
The Dumbarton Oaks Medieval Library
is a groundbreaking new facing-page Douay-Rheims Translation
translation series designed to make writ-
ten achievements of medieval and Edited by Swift Edgar
Byzantine culture available to both
scholars and general readers in the Eng- The Vulgate Bible, compiled and translated in large
lish-speaking world. It will offer the part by Saint Jerome at the intersection of the fourth
classics of the medieval canon as well as and fifth centuries CE, was used from the early Middle Ages through the twentieth century
lesser-known gems of literary and cul- in the Western European Christian (and, later, specifically Catholic) tradition. Its signif-
tural value to a global audience through icance can hardly be overstated. The text influenced literature, visual art, music, and edu-
accessible modern translations based on cation during the Middle Ages and Renaissance, and its contents lay at the heart of much
the latest research by lead- of Western theological, intellectual, artistic, and
ing scholars in the field. even political history of that period. At the end of
With subjects ranging the sixteenth century, as a variety of Protestant ver-
from The Vulgate Bible to nacular Bibles became available, professors at a
SWIFT EDGAR is a research
the lives of saints, and gen- Catholic college first at Douay, then at Rheims,
assistant at the Dumbarton Oaks
res as diverse as travelogues,
Research Library and Collection. translated the Vulgate into English, among other rea-
scientific treatises, and epic
CHRISTOPHER MCDONOUGH is
sons to combat the influence of rival theologies.
and lyric poetry, this new
series will bring a vibrant Emeritus Professor of Classics at This volume elegantly and affordably pre-
medieval world populated the University of Toronto. sents the text of the Pentateuch, the first five books
with saints and sinners, of the Bible, beginning with the creation of the
R. D. FULK is Chancellor’s
monsters and angels, kings world and the human race, continuing with the
Professor of
and slaves, poets and schol- Great Flood, God’s covenant with Abraham,
English at
ars, to a new generation of Israel’s flight from Egypt and wanderings
Indiana
readers who will discover through the wilderness, the laws revealed to
University,
cultures and literatures
Bloomington. Moses, his mustering of the twelve tribes of
both hauntingly familiar
Israel, and ending on the eve of Israel’s intro-
and wondrously alien.
duction into the Promised Land. This is the
In order to do justice
first volume of the projected five-volume set
to the scope of the
medieval world, the series of the complete Vulgate Bible.
commences with a focus on three lan-
DUMBARTON OAKS MEDIEVAL LIBRARY 1
guages—Byzantine Greek, Medieval NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 1050 PP. |
Latin, and Old English—and will incor- ISBN 978-0-674-05534-6 | $29.95 * (£19.95 UK) |
porate additional vernacular languages RELIGION

in the future.

44 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Arundel Lyrics / The Beowulf Manuscript
The Poems of Edited and translated by
R. D. Fulk
Hugh Primas
Edited and translated by Beowulf is one of the finest works of vernacular literature from
the European Middle Ages and as such is a fitting title to head
Christopher McDonough the Old English family of texts published in the Dumbarton
This volume presents two complementary medieval antholo- Oaks Medieval Library.
gies containing lyrics by two outstanding Latin poets of the But this volume offers something unique. For the first
second half of the twelfth century. The poet Peter of Blois was time in the history of Beowulf scholarship, the poem appears
proclaimed by a contemporary of his to be a master composer alongside the other four texts from its sole surviving manu-
of rhythmic verse. Peter’s secular love-lyrics gathered in the script: the prose Passion of Saint Christopher, The Wonders of the
Arundel manuscript give substance to that claim. Written with East, The Letter of Alexander the Great to Aristotle, and (following
a technical virtuosity that rivals the metrical display of Hora- Beowulf‘) the poem Judith. First-time readers as well as estab-
tian lyric, the poems give eloquent and learned expression to lished scholars can now gain new insights into Beowulf—and
the cult of secular love that emerged in the twelfth century. the four other texts—by approaching
The collection is further augmented by verse as varied each in its original context.
as Christmas poems and satires on the venality of the Roman Could a fascination with the
Curia and immoral bishops, including a famous lament about monstrous have motivated the com-
church corruption by Walther of Châtillon. piler of this manuscript, working over
The cleric Hugh Primas won recognition and fame for a thousand years ago, to pull together
compositions in which he reflects upon his experiences, good this diverse grouping into a single vol-
and bad, while traveling around the cities of northern France ume? The prose translation by R. D.
(such as the important sees of Rheims and Sens) in search of Fulk, based on the most recent edito-
patronage. Artistic in con- rial understanding, allows readers to
ception and execution, the rediscover Beowulf ’s brilliant mastery
poems are memorable for along with otherworldly delights in
the witty and often acerbic the four companion texts in The
tone with which Primas Beowulf Manuscript.
engages the holders of
DUMBARTON OAKS MEDIEVAL LIBRARY 3
ecclesiastical power. NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 390 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05295-6 |
$29.95 * (£19.95 UK) | LITERATURE
DUMBARTON OAKS MEDIEVAL
LIBRARY 2
NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 300 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05557-5 |
$29.95 * (£19.95 UK) | POETRY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 45
The Great Wall
A Cultural History
Carlos Rojas
Carlos Rojas presents a sweeping survey of the historical and political significance of one
of the world’s most recognizable monuments. Although the splendor of the Great Wall
has become virtually synonymous with its vast size, the structure’s conceptual coherence
is actually grounded on the tenuous and ephemeral stories we tell about it. These sto-
ries give life to the Wall and help secure its hold on our collective imagination, while at
the same time permitting it to constantly reinvent itself in accordance with the needs of
each new era.
Through an examination of allusions to the Wall in an
eclectic array of texts—ranging from official dynastic histories,
C A R LO S R O J A S
elite poetry, and popular folktales, to contemporary tourist testi-
is Assistant monials, children’s songs, and avant-garde performance art—
Professor of this study maps out a provocative new framework for
Chinese Cultural understanding the structure’s function and significance.
Studies at Duke University.
This volume approaches the Wall through the stories
we tell and contends that it is precisely in this cultural history
that we may find the Wall’s true meaning, together with the
secret of its greatness.

DECEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 17 HALFTONES, 6 MAPS | 216 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-04787-7 | $24.95 * (£18.95 UK) | HISTORY / TRAVEL

Chinae, O lim S ina rum Regionis, Nova D esc riptio: Auc tore Ludouico Ge orgio by Abraham O r telius and Luis
Jorge de B arbuda (1584). The Hong Kong Universit y of S cience and Technolo gy.

46 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Near Andersonville
Winslow Homer’s Civil War
Peter H. Wood
The admired American painter Winslow Homer rose to national attention during the Civil War.
But one of his most important early images remained unknown for a century. The renowned
artist is best known for depicting ships and sailors, hunters and fishermen, rural vignettes and
coastal scenes. Yet he also created some of the first serious black figures in American art. Near
Andersonville (1865–66) is the earliest and least known of these impressive images.
Peter Wood, a leading expert on Homer’s images of blacks,
reveals the long-hidden story of this remarkable Civil War painting.
His brisk narrative locates the picture in southwest Georgia in
August 1864 and provides its military and political context. Wood PETER H. WOOD
underscores the agony of the Andersonville prison camp and high- is Professor
lights a huge but little-known cavalry foray ordered by General Sher- Emeritus of
man as he laid siege to Atlanta. Homer’s image takes viewers History at Duke
“behind enemy lines” to consider the utter failure of “Stoneman’s University.
Raid” from the perspective of an enslaved black Southerner.
By examining the interplay of symbolic elements, Wood
reveals a picture pregnant with meaning. He links it to Abraham
Lincoln’s presidential campaign of 1864 and underscores the enduring importance of Homer’s
thoughtful black woman. The painter adopted a bottom-up perspective on slavery and emanci-
pation that most scholars needed another century to discover. By integrating art and history,
Wood’s provocative study gives us a fresh vantage point on Homer’s early career, the struggle
to end slavery, and the dramatic closing years of the Civil War.

THE NATHAN I. HUGGINS LECTURES |


NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 8 COLOR ILLUS., 16 HALFTONES | 132 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05320-5 | $18.95 * (£14.95 UK) |
HISTORY / ART

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 47
The Hungry World
America’s Cold War Battle against Poverty in Asia
Nick Cullather
“C ULLATHER HAS WRITTEN AN EPIC STORY THAT IS ESSENTIAL READING FOR ANYONE
WHO CARES ABOUT THE HISTORY— AND FUTURE — OF GLOBAL POVERTY.”

—M ATTHEW CONNELLY, AUTHOR OF FATAL M ISCONCEPTION : T HE S TRUGGLE TO


C ONTROL W ORLD P OPULATION

Food was a critical front in the Cold War battle for Asia. “Where Communism goes, hunger fol-
lows” was the slogan of American nation builders who fanned out into the countryside to divert
rivers, remodel villages, and introduce tractors, chemicals, and genes to
multiply the crops consumed by millions. This “green revolution” has
been credited with averting Malthusian famines, saving billions of lives,
NICK and jump-starting Asia’s economic revival. Bono and Bill Gates hail it
C U L L AT H E R as a model for revitalizing Africa’s economy. But this tale of science tri-
is Associate umphant conceals a half century of political struggle from the Afghan
Professor of
highlands to the rice paddies of the Mekong Delta, a campaign to trans-
form rural societies by changing the way people eat and grow food.
History at Indiana University.
The ambition to lead Asia into an age of plenty grew along-
side development theories that targeted hunger as a root cause of war.
Scientific agriculture was an instrument for molding peasants into citi-
zens with modern attitudes, loyalties, and reproductive habits. But food
policies were as contested then as they are today. While Kennedy and Johnson envisioned
Kansas-style agribusiness guarded by strategic hamlets, Indira Gandhi, Marcos, and Suharto
inscribed their own visions of progress onto the land.
Out of this campaign, the costliest and most sustained effort for development ever
undertaken, emerged the struggles for resources and identity that define the region today. As
Obama revives the lost arts of Keynesianism and counter-insurgency, the history of these colos-
sal projects reveals bitter and important lessons for today’s missions to feed a hungry world.

DECEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 9 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | 326 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-05078-5 | $35.00 * (£25.95 UK) | HISTORY

48 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Reshaping the
Work-Family Debate
Why Men and Class Matter
Joan C. Williams
“AT LAST, A BOOK THAT LEAPS PAST THE CURRENT WORK - FAMILY DEBATE . I T IS TIME
TO FREE WOMEN AND MEN TO NURTURE THEIR CHILDREN AND SUPPORT THEIR
FAMILIES . B RILLIANT !”
—J OAN B LADES , CO - FOUNDER OF M OVE O N . ORG AND
M OMS R ISING . ORG

The United States has the most family-hostile public policy in the devel-
oped world. Despite what is often reported, new mothers don’t “opt JOAN C.

out” of work. They are pushed out by discriminating and inflexible WILLIAMS
workplaces. Today’s workplaces continue to idealize the worker who is Distinguished
has someone other than parents caring for their children. Professor of
Conventional wisdom attributes women’s decision to leave Law, 1066
work to their maternal traits and desires. In this thought-provoking Foundation
book, Joan Williams shows why that view is misguided and how work- Chair, and founding Director of the
place practice disadvantages men—both those who seek to avoid the Center for WorkLife Law at the University
breadwinner role and those who embrace it—as well as women. Faced of California, Hastings College of the Law.
with masculine norms that define the workplace, women must play She is the author of Unbending Gender.
the tomboy or the femme. Both paths result in a gender bias that is
exacerbated when the two groups end up pitted against each other.
And although work-family issues long have been seen strictly through
a gender lens, we ignore class at our peril. The dysfunctional relation-
ship between the professional-managerial class and the white working class must be addressed
before real reform can take root.
Contesting the idea that women need to negotiate better within the family, and redefin-
ing the notion of success in the workplace, Williams reinvigorates the work-family debate and
offers the first steps to making life manageable for all American families.

THE WILLIAM E. MASSEY SR. LECTURES IN THE HISTORY OF AMERICAN CIVILIZATION |


OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 2 GRAPHS | 288 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05567-4 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) |
SOCIOLOGY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 49
Latin America’s Cold War
Hal Brands
For Latin America, the Cold War was anything but cold. Nor was it the so-called “long peace”
afforded the world’s superpowers by their nuclear standoff. In this book, the first to take an
international perspective on the postwar decades in the region, Hal Brands sets out to explain
what exactly happened in Latin America during the Cold War, and why it was so traumatic.
Tracing the tumultuous course of regional affairs from the late 1940s through the early
1990s, Latin America’s Cold War delves into the myriad crises and turning points of the
period—the Cuban revolution and its aftermath; the recurring cycles of insurgency and counter-
insurgency; the emergence of currents like the National Security Doctrine, liberation theology,
and dependency theory; the rise and demise of a hemispheric diplomatic
challenge to U.S. hegemony in the 1970s; the conflagration that engulfed
Central America from the Nicaraguan revolution onward; and the dem-
HAL ocratic and economic reforms of the 1980s.
B R A N D S is Most important, the book chronicles these events in a way that
Senior Analyst is both multinational and multilayered, weaving the experiences of a
at the diverse cast of characters into an understanding of how global, regional,
Institute for Defense Analyses and local influences interacted to shape Cold War crises in Latin Amer-
and the author of From Berlin to ica. Ultimately, Brands exposes Latin America’s Cold War as not a single
Baghdad: America’s Search for conflict, but rather a series of overlapping political, social, geostrategic,
Purpose in the Post–Cold War and ideological struggles whose repercussions can be felt to this day.
World.
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 17 HALFTONES | 326 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05528-5 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) | HISTORY

50 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
God-Fearing and Free
A Spiritual History of America’s Cold War
Jason W. Stevens
“T HOROUGH AND CONVINCING ... LUCID AND URGENT . . . S TEVENS ’ S BOOK
SHOWS US JUST HOW IMPORTANT WERE THE POPULAR ELEMENTS OF
FUNDAMENTALIST C HRISTIANITY DURING THE COLD WAR AND SETS ASIDE AS
RELATIVELY UNIMPORTANT THE RE - ALLURING INTELLECTUAL TRAGIC IRONIST,
R EINHOLD N IEBUHR .”
—PAUL A. B OVÉ , U NIVERSITY OF P ITTSBURGH

Religion has been on the rise in America for decades—which strikes


many as a shocking new development. To the contrary, Jason
J A S O N W.
Stevens asserts, the rumors of the death of God were premature.
S T E V E N S is
Americans have always conducted their cultural life through reli-
Assistant Professor
gious symbols, never more so than during the Cold War. In God-
Fearing and Free, Stevens discloses how the nation, on top of the of English, Harvard
world and torn between grandiose self-congratulation and doubt University.
about the future, opened the way for a new master narrative. The
book shows how the American public, powered by a national reli-
gious revival, was purposefully disillusioned regarding the country’s
mythical innocence and fortified for an epochal struggle with totalitarianism.
Stevens reveals how the Augustinian doctrine of original sin was refurbished and then
mobilized in a variety of cultural discourses that aimed to shore up democratic society against
threats preying on the nation’s internal weaknesses. Suddenly, innocence no longer meant a
clear conscience. Instead it became synonymous with totalitarian ideologies of the fascist right
or the communist left, whose notions of perfectability were dangerously close to millenarian
ideals at the heart of American Protestant tradition. As America became riddled with self-doubt,
ruminations on the meaning of power and the future of the globe during the “American Cen-
tury” renewed the impetus to religion.
Covering a wide selection of narrative and cultural forms, Stevens shows how writers,
artists, and intellectuals, the devout as well as the nonreligious, disseminated the terms of this
cultural dialogue, disputing, refining, and challenging it—effectively making the conservative
case against modernity as liberals floundered.

NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 424 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05555-1 | $39.95 * (£29.95 UK) | HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 51
Wagner and the
Erotic Impulse
Laurence Dreyfus
Though his image is tarnished today by unrepentant anti-Semitism, Richard Wagner
(1813–1883) was better known in the nineteenth century for his provocative musical
eroticism. In this illuminating study of the composer and his works, Laurence Dreyfus
shows how Wagner’s obsession with sexuality prefigured the composition of operas such
as Tannhäuser, Die Walküre, Tristan und Isolde and Parsifal. Daring to represent erotic
stimulation, passionate ecstasy, and the torment of sexual
desire, Wagner sparked intense reactions from figures like
Baudelaire, Clara Schumann, Nietzsche, and Nordau,
whose verbal tributes and censures disclose what was
L AU R E N C E D R E YF U S
transmitted when music represented sex.
is Professor of Music at
Oxford University and a
Wagner himself saw the cultivation of an erotic
high style as central to his art, especially after devising an
Fellow of Magdalen
anti-philosophical response to Schopenhauer’s “meta-
College. He is the author of Bach’s
physics of sexual love.” A reluctant eroticist, Wagner
Continuo Group and Bach and the Patterns
masked his personal compulsion to cross-dress in pink
of Invention (both from Harvard).
satin and drench himself in rose perfumes while simulta-
neously incorporating his silk fetish and love of floral
scents into his librettos. His affection for dominant females
and surprising regard for homosexual love likewise enable
some striking portraits in his operas. In the end, Wagner’s achievement was to have fash-
ioned an oeuvre which explored his sexual yearnings as much as it conveyed—as never
before—how music could act on erotic impulse.

DECEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 1 LINE ILLUS., 11 MUSIC EXAMPLES | 238 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-01881-5 | $27.95 * (£19.95 UK) |
MUSIC

52 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
What Was African American
Literature?
Kenneth W. Warren
African American literature is over. With this provocative claim Kenneth Warren sets out to
identify a distinctly African American literature—and to change the terms with which we dis-
cuss it.
Rather than contest other definitions, Warren makes a clear and compelling case for
understanding African American literature as creative and critical work
written by black Americans within and against the strictures of Jim
Crow America. Within these parameters, his book outlines protocols of
reading that best make sense of the literary works produced by African
K E N N E T H W.
American writers and critics over the first two-thirds of the twentieth
WA R R E N is
century.
Fairfax M. Cone
In Warren’s view, African American literature begged the ques- Distinguished
tion: what would happen to this literature if and when Jim Crow was
Service
finally overthrown? Thus, imagining a world without African Ameri-
Professor of
can literature was essential to that literature. In support of this point,
English at the University of
Warren focuses on three moments in the history of Phylon, an impor-
Chicago.
tant journal of African American culture. In the dialogues Phylon doc-
uments, the question of whether race would disappear as an organizing
literary category emerges as shared ground for critical and literary prac-
tice. Warren also points out that while scholarship by black Americans
has always been the province of a petit bourgeois elite, the strictures of Jim Crow enlisted these
writers in a politics that served the race as a whole.
Finally, Warren’s work sheds light on the current moment in which advocates of
African American solidarity insist on a past that is more productively put behind us.

THE W. E. B. DU BOIS LECTURES | JANUARY | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 192 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-04922-2 | $22.95 * (£16.95 UK) |
LITERATURE / AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 53
The Same Thing Over and Over
How School Reformers Get Stuck in Yesterday’s Ideas
Frederick M. Hess
In this genial and challenging overview of endless debates over school reform, Rick Hess shows
that even bitter opponents in debates about how to improve schools agree on much more than
they realize—and that much of it must change radically. Cutting through the tangled thickets
of right, and left-wing dogma, he clears the ground for transformation of the American school
system.
Whatever they think of school vouchers or charter schools, teacher merit pay or bilin-
gual education, most educators and advocates take many other things for granted. The one-
teacher–one-classroom model. The professional full-time
teacher. Students grouped in age-defined grades. The nine-
month calendar. Top-down local district control. All were
F R E D E R I C K M . H E S S is
innovative and exciting—in the nineteenth century. As
Resident Scholar and Hess shows, the system hasn’t changed since most Ameri-
Director of Education cans lived on farms and in villages, since school taught you
Policy Initiatives at the to read, write, and do arithmetic, and since only an elite
American Enterprise Institute and executive went to high school, let alone college.
editor of Education Next. Arguing that a fundamentally nineteenth century
system can’t be right for a twenty-first century world, Hess
suggests that uniformity gets in the way of quality, and
urges us to create a much wider variety of schools, to meet
a greater range of needs for different kinds of talents,
needed by a vastly more complex and demanding society.

NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 282 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05582-7 | $27.95 * (£20.95 UK) | EDUCATION

54 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Someone Has to Fail
The Zero-Sum Game of Public Schooling
David F. Labaree
What do we really want from schools? Only everything, in all its contradictions. Most of all, we
want access and opportunity for all children—but all possible advantages for our own. So argues
historian David Labaree in this provocative look at the way “this archetype of dysfunction works
so well at what we want it to do even as it evades what we explicitly ask it to do.”
Ever since the common school movement of the nineteenth century, mass schooling
has been seen as an essential solution to great social problems. Yet
as wave after wave of reform movements have shown, schools are
extremely difficult to change. Labaree shows how the very organi-
zation of the locally controlled, administratively limited school sys- D AV I D F.
tem makes reform difficult. LABAREE

At the same time, he argues, the choices of educational is Professor of


consumers have always overwhelmed top-down efforts at school Education at
reform. Individual families seek to use schools for their own pur- Stanford
poses—to pursue social opportunity, if they need it, and to preserve University and
social advantage, if they have it. In principle, we want the best for author of How to Succeed in School
all children. In practice, we want the best for our own. Without Really Learning.
Provocative, unflinching, wry, Someone Has to Fail looks
at the way that unintended consequences of consumer choices have
created an extraordinarily resilient educational system, perpetually
expanding, perpetually unequal, constantly being reformed, and
never changing much.

NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 284 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05068-6 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) | EDUCATION

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 55
Promotion and Tenure
Confidential
David D. Perlmutter
“Sitting down with a young and brilliant mathematician, I asked what he thought were his
biggest problems in working toward tenure. Instead of describing difficulties with his equations
or his software programs, he lamented that (a) his graduate assistant wasn’t completing his tasks
on time, (b) his department chair didn’t seem to care if junior faculty obtained grants, and
(c) a senior professor kept glaring at him in faculty meetings. He knew he could handle the
intellectual side of being an academic—but what about the people side? ‘Why didn’t they offer
“Being a Professor 101” in graduate school?’ he wondered.”
Promotion and Tenure Confidential provides that course
in an astute and practical book, which shows that P&T is not just
D AV I D D . about research, teaching, and service but also about human rela-
P E R L M U T T E R is tions and political good sense. Drawing on research and extensive
Director of the interviews with junior and senior faculty across many institutions,
School of
David D. Perlmutter provides clear-sighted guidance on planning
and managing an academic career, from graduate school to tenure
Journalism and Mass Communication and a
and beyond.
Professor and Starch Faculty Fellow at the
University of Iowa. He writes the “P&T TOPICS INCLUDE
Confidential” column for the Chronicle of ( making the transformation from student and protégé to teacher
Higher Education. and mentor
( seeking out and holding onto lifelong allies
( how to manage your online reputation and avoid “death by
Google”
( what to say and what not to say to deans and department chairs
( how meeting deadlines wins points with everyone in your life
( how, when, and to whom to say “no”
( when and how to look for a new job when you have a job
( how (and whom) to ask for letters of recommendation
( what to do if you know you’re not going to get tenure

NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 1 TABLE | 224 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04878-2 | $24.95 * (£18.95 UK) | EDUCATION

56 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Illusion of Free Markets
Punishment and the Myth of Natural Order
Bernard E. Harcourt
“B ERNARD H ARCOURT HAS NEVER HAD AN UNINTERESTING THOUGHT, OR MADE AN
ARGUMENT THAT DOES NOT PROVOKE OR ENGAGE OR DELIGHT OR ENLIGHTEN — OR
DO ALL OF THOSE THINGS SIMULTANEOUSLY.”

—M ALCOLM G LADWELL

It is widely believed today that the free market is the best mechanism
ever invented to efficiently allocate resources in society. Just as funda-
mental as faith in the free market is the belief that government has a
legitimate and competent role in policing and the punishment arena.
BERNARD E.
This curious incendiary combination of free market efficiency and the Big
HARCOURT
Brother state has become seemingly obvious, but it hinges on the illusion
is Julius
of a supposedly natural order in the economic realm. The Illusion of
Kreeger
Free Markets argues that our faith in “free markets” has severely dis-
Professor of
torted American politics and punishment practices.
Law and
Bernard Harcourt traces the birth of the idea of natural order
Professor of Political Science at
to eighteenth-century economic thought and reveals its gradual evolu-
The University of Chicago.
tion through the Chicago School of economics and ultimately into
today’s myth of the free market. The modern category of “liberty”
emerged in reaction to an earlier, integrated vision of punishment and
public economy, known in the eighteenth century as “police.” This
development shaped the dominant belief today that competitive markets are inherently effi-
cient and should be sharply demarcated from a government-run penal sphere.
This modern vision rests on a simple but devastating illusion. Superimposing the
political categories of “freedom” or “discipline” on forms of market organization has the unfor-
tunate effect of obscuring rather than enlightening. It obscures by making both the free market
and the prison system seem natural and necessary. In the process, it facilitated the birth of the
penitentiary system in the nineteenth century and its ultimate culmination into mass incarcer-
ation today.

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 7 TABLES, 12 GRAPHS | 264 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05726-5 | $29.95 * (£22.95 UK) |
ECONOMICS / SOCIOLOGY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 57
Genealogy of the
Pagan Gods
Volume 1: Books I–V
Giovanni Boccaccio
Edited and translated by Jon Solomon

Giovanni Boccaccio’s Genealogy of the Pagan Gods is an ambitious work of humanistic scholarship whose
goal is to plunder ancient and medieval literary sources so as to create a massive synthesis of Greek and
Roman mythology. The work also contains a famous defense of the value of studying ancient pagan
poetry in a Christian world.
The complete work in fifteen books contains a meticulously organized genealogical tree iden-
tifying approximately 950 Greco-Roman mythological figures. The scope is enormous: 723 chapters
include over a thousand citations from two hundred Greek, Roman,
medieval, and Trecento authors. Throughout the Genealogy, Boccaccio
JON SOLOMON deploys an array of allegorical, historical, and philological critiques of the
is Robert D. ancient myths and their iconography.
Novak Professor of Western Civilization Much more than a mere compilation of pagan myths, the
& Culture and Professor of the Classics
Genealogy incorporates hundreds of excerpts from and comments on
and of Cinema Studies, University of
Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. ancient poetry, illustrative of the new spirit of philological and cultural

G A RY R . G RU N D is Professor of English
inquiry emerging in the early Renaissance. It is at once the most ambi-
Literature, Rhode Island College. tious work of literary scholarship of the early Renaissance and a demon-
B R I A N P. C O P E N H AV E R is Professor of stration to contemporaries of the moral and cultural value of studying
History and Philosophy and Provost at ancient poetry. This is the first volume of the projected three-volume set
UCLA. L O D I N AU TA is Professor in the of Boccaccio’s complete Genealogy.
History of Philosophy, University of
Groningen, the Netherlands. THE I TATTI RENAISSANCE LIBRARY 46
JANUARY | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 5 HALFTONES | 630 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05710-4 |
$29.95 * (£19.95 UK) | LITERATURE

58 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
James Hankins, General Editor

THE I TAT TI RE NAISSAN CE LIBR ARY

Humanist Tragedies Dialectical Disputations


Translated by Gary R. Grund Lorenzo Valla
Edited and translated by
Humanist Tragedies, like its companion volume Humanist Comedies (ITRL Brian P. Copenhaver and Lodi Nauta
19), contains a representative sampling of Latin drama written during the
Tre- and Quattrocento. The five tragedies included in this volume— Lorenzo Valla (1407–1457) ranks among the greatest scholars and
Albertino Mussato’s Ecerinis (1314), Antonio Loschi’s Achilleis (ca. 1387), thinkers of the Renaissance. He has secured lasting fame for his brilliant
Gregorio Corraro’s Progne (ca. 1429), Leonardo Dati’s Hyempsal (ca. 1442), critical skills, most famously displayed in his exposure of the“Donation of
and Marcellino Verardi’s Fernandus servatus (1493)—were nourished by a Constantine,” the forged document upon which the papacy based its
potent amalgam of classical, medieval, and pre-humanist sources. claims to political power. Less well known in the English-speaking world
Just as Latin humanist comedy depended heavily upon Plautus is Valla’s work in the philosophy of language, the basis of his reputation
and Terence, humanist tragedy drew its inspiration primarily from the as the greatest philosopher of the humanist movement. The Dialectical Dis-
nine plays of Seneca. Dramatists also used ancient legends or contempo- putations, translated here for the first time into any modern language, is
rary history as source material, dramatizing them as Seneca might have his principal contribution to the philosophy of language and logic. A sav-
done. Some even attempted to outdo Seneca, exaggerating the bloody sen- age attack on the scholastic tradition of Aristotelian logic, Valla sought to
sationalism, the bombastic rhetoric, and the insistence on retributive jus- replace that tradition with a new logic based on the actual historical usage
tice for which he was famous. of classical Latin and on a commonsense approach to semantics and argu-
Unlike comedy, which drew its narratives from ordinary life and ment. Valla’s goal was to provide a logic that could be used by lawyers,
from love, sex, money, and manners, tragedy was not concerned with preachers, statesmen and others who needed to succeed in public debate;
human foibles but with distant tragic heroes. The impossible choices faced a logic that was both stylistically correct and rhetorically elegant; and thus
by larger-than-life men and women whose heroic destinies hung in the a logic which could dispense with the technical language of the scholas-
balance gave tragedy a considerably shorter shelf-life than comedies. While tics, that “tribe of Peripatetics, perverters of natural meanings.” Valla’s
comedy stayed relevant, tragedy became problematic, evolving into the reformed dialectic became a milestone in the development of humanist
hybrid genre of tragicomedy by the end of the Quattrocento. Humanist logic and contained startling anticipations of certain modern theories of
tragedy testifies to the momentous changes in literary and cultural con- semantics and language.
ventions that occurred during the Renaissance.
THE I TATTI RENAISSANCE LIBRARY 47
JANUARY | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 672 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05576-6 |
THE I TATTI RENAISSANCE LIBRARY 45 $29.95 * (£19.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY
JANUARY | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 350 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05725-8 |
$29.95 * (£19.95 UK) | DRAMA

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 59
The Great Heart of
the Republic
St. Louis and the Cultural Civil War
Adam Arenson
“A N AMBITIOUS , INNOVATIVE , AND ENGAGING LOOK AT THE PIVOTAL ROLE
S T. LOUIS PLAYED IN THE CULTURAL CONTEST TO DETERMINE THE DESTINY OF
THE U NITED S TATES .”

—S TEPHEN A RON , UCLA

The Civil War revealed what united as well as what divided Amer-
icans in the nineteenth century—not only in its deadly military con-
flict, but also in the broader battle of ideas, dueling moral systems,
ADAM
and competing national visions that preceded and followed. This
ARENSON
cultural civil war was the clash among North, South, and West, as
is Assistant
their leaders sought to shape Manifest Destiny and slavery politics.
Professor of
No site embodied this struggle more completely than St.
History at the University of Texas
Louis, the largest city along the border of slavery and freedom. In
at El Paso.
this sweeping history, Adam Arenson reveals a city at the heart of
the cultural civil war. St. Louisans heralded a new future, erasing old
patterns as the United States stretched across the continent. They
tried to reorient the nation’s political landscape, with westerners in
the vanguard and St. Louis as the cultural, commercial, and national capital. John C.
Calhoun, Frederick Douglass, Walt Whitman, and John Brown tracked the progress of
the cultural contest by monitoring events in St. Louis, observing how the city’s leaders
tried yet ultimately failed to control the national destiny.
The interplay of local ambitions and national meanings reveals the wider cul-
tural transformation brought about by westward expansion, political strife, and eman-
cipation in the era of the Civil War and Reconstruction. This vibrant and beautifully
written story enriches our understanding of America at a crossroads.

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 22 HALFTONES, 2 MAPS | 320 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05288-8 |


$35.00 * (£25.95 UK) | HISTORY

60 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
humanities

Sublime Dreams of
Living Machines
The Automaton in the European Imagination
Minsoo Kang
From the dawn of European civilization to the twentieth century, the automaton—bet-
ter known today as the robot—has captured the Western imagination and provided a
vital lens into the nature of humanity.
Historian Minsoo Kang argues that to properly understand the
human-as-machine and the human-as-fundamentally-different-from-
machine, we must trace the origins of these ideas and examine how
they were transformed by intellectual, cultural, and artistic appear-
MINSOO
ances of the automaton throughout the history of the West. Kang
K A N G is Associate
tracks the first appearance of the automaton in ancient myths
Professor of History at
through the medieval and Renaissance periods, marks the prolifer-
the University of
ation of the automaton as a central intellectual concept in the Sci-
Missouri–St. Louis.
entific Revolution and the subsequent backlash during the
Enlightenment, and details appearances in Romantic literature and
the introduction of the living machine in the Industrial Age. He con-
cludes with a reflection on the destructive confrontation between
humanity and machinery in the modern era and the reverberations of the humanity-
machinery theme today.
Sublime Dreams of Living Machines is an ambitious historical exploration and, at
heart, an attempt to fully elucidate the rich and varied ways we have utilized our most
uncanny creations to explore essential questions about ourselves.

FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 20 HALFTONES, 3 TABLES | 358 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-04935-2 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | HISTORY

Photo by M ia Ulmer / w w w.birchtreestudiostl.com; Hero of Alexandria, design for an automaton theater

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 61
The Arc of the Moral Our South
Universe and Other Geographic Fantasy and the Rise of
National Literature
Essays Jennifer Rae Greeson
Joshua Cohen Since the birth of the nation, we have turned to stories about the
In this collection of essays, Joshua Cohen locates ideas about American South to narrate the rapid ascendency of the United
democracy in three far-ranging contexts. First, he explores the States on the world stage. The idea of a cohesive South, differ-
relationship between democratic values and history. He then dis- ent from yet integral to the United States, arose with the very
cusses democracy in connection with the views of defining polit- formation of the nation itself. Its semitropical climate, planta-
ical theorists in the democratic tradition: John Locke, John tion production, and heterogeneous population once defined the
Rawls, Noam Chomsky, Juergen Habermas, and Susan Moller New World from the perspective of Europe. By founding U.S. lit-
Okin. Finally, he examines the place of democratic ideals in a erature through opposition to the South, writers boldly asserted
global setting, suggesting an idea of “global public reason”—a their nation to stand apart from the imperial world order.
terrain of political justification in global politics in which shared Our South tracks the nation/South juxtaposition in U.S.
reason still plays an essential role. literature from the founding to the turn of the twentieth cen-
All the essays are linked by his overarching claim that polit- tury, through genres including travel writing, gothic and
ical philosophy is a practical subject intended to orient and guide romance novels, geography textbooks, transcendentalist prose,
conduct in the social world. Cohen integrates moral, social- and abolitionist address. Even as the southern states became
scientific, and historical argument in order to develop this peripheral to U.S. politics and economy, Jennifer Rae Greeson
stance, and he further confronts the question of whether a soci- demonstrates that in literature the South remained central to
ety conceived in liberty and dedicated to equality can endure. At the expanding and evolving idea of the nation.
Gettysburg, President Lincoln forcefully stated the question and Claiming the South as our deviant and recalcitrant “other,”
expressed both hope and concern over this same struggle about Americans have projected an anti-imperial imperative of domes-
an affirmative answer. By enabling us to trace the arc of the ticating and civilizing, administering and integrating underde-
moral universe, the essays in this volume—along with the com- veloped regions both within our borders and beyond. Our South
panion collection on Philosophy, Politics, Democracy—give us has been a primal site for thinking about geography and power
some reasons for sharing that hope. in the United States.

J O S H U A C O H E N i s M a r t a S u t to n We e k s P ro fe s s o r o f J E N N I F E R R A E G R E E S O N i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe ssor of
Ethi c s i n S o c i e t y at S t a n fo rd U n i ve r s i t y a n d e d i to r o f A m e r i c a n L i te r at u re at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f Vi rg i n i a.
Bosto n Re v i e w.
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 18 HALFTONES, 3 MAPS | 352 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-02428-1 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) |
JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 390 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05560-5 | LITERATURE / AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES
$39.95X (£29.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY

62 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Do Metaphors Dream Sound and Script in
of Literal Sleep? Chinese Diaspora
A Science-Fictional Theory of Representation Jing Tsu
Seo-Young Chu
“A FASCINATING INQUIRY INTO THE INSTITUTIONALIZATION AND
DISSEMINATION OF MODERN C HINESE LANGUAGE FROM THE LATE
In culture and scholarship, science-fictional worlds are perceived
NINETEENTH CENTURY TO THE PRESENT DAY.”
as unrealistic and altogether imaginary. Seo-Young Chu offers a
bold challenge to this perception of the genre, arguing instead —D AVID D ER - WEI WANG , H ARVARD U NIVERSITY
that science fiction is a form of “high-intensity realism” capable
What happens when language wars are not about hurling insults
of representing non-imaginary objects that elude more tradi-
or quibbling over meanings, but are waged in the physical
tional, “realist” modes of representation. Powered by lyric forces
sounds and shapes of language itself?
that allow it to transcend the dichotomy between the literal and
Native and foreign speakers, mother tongues and national
the figurative, science fiction has the capacity to accommodate
languages, have jostled for distinction throughout the modern
objects of representation that are themselves neither entirely fig-
period. The fight for global dominance between the English and
urative nor entirely literal in nature. Chu explores the global-
Chinese languages opens into historical battles over the control
ized world, cyberspace, war trauma, the Korean concept of han,
of the medium through standardization, technology, bilingual-
and the rights of robots, all as referents for which she locates
ism, pronunciation, and literature in the Sinophone world.
science-fictional representations in poems, novels, music, films,
Encounters between global languages, as well as the internal
visual pieces, and other works ranging within and without pre-
tensions between Mandarin and other Chinese dialects, present
vious demarcations of the science fiction genre. In showing the
a dynamic, interconnected picture of languages on the move.
divide between realism and science fiction to be illusory, Do
Metaphors Dream of Literal Sleep? sheds new light on the value In Sound and Script in Chinese Diaspora, Jing Tsu
of science fiction as an aesthetic and philosophical resource— explores the new global language trade, arguing that it aims at
one that matters more and more as our everyday realities grow more sophisticated ways of exerting influence besides simply
increasingly resistant to straightforward representation. wielding knuckles of power. Through an analysis of the different
relationships between language standardization, technologies of
S E O - YO U N G C H U i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f E n g l is h writing, and modern Chinese literature around the world
at Q ueens Colle g e, C i t y U n i ve r s i t y o f New Yo r k . from the nineteenth century to the present, this study
transforms how we understand the power of language in
JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 276 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05517-9 |
$39.95X (£29.95 UK) | LITERATURE / SCIENCE FICTION migration and how that is changing the terms of cultural
dominance. Drawing from an unusual array of archival
sources, this study cuts across the usual China-West
divide and puts its finger on the pulse of a pending supra-
national world under “literary governance.”

J I N G T S U i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f C h i n e s e
L i te r at u re at Ya l e U n i ve r s i t y.

“S elf-Por trait,” by Lu Zhuangzhang, in A Primer at a G lance: Chinese New JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 14 HALFTONES | 280 PP. |
Phonetic S cript in the Amoy D ialec t ( Yimu liaoran chujie: Zhongguo qieyin ISBN 978-0-674-05540-7 | $45.00X (£33.95 UK) |
xinzi Xia qiang), 1892. LITERATURE / ASIAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 63
social science

Dairy Queens
The Politics of Pastoral Architecture from Catherine de’ Medici to
Marie-Antoinette
Meredith S. Martin
In a lively narrative that spans more than two centuries, Meredith Martin tells the story of a royal
and aristocratic building type that has been largely forgotten today: the pleasure dairy of early
modern France. These garden structures—most famously the faux-rustic, white marble dairy
built for Marie-Antoinette’s Hameau at Versailles—have long been dismissed as the trifling fol-
lies of a reckless elite. Martin challenges such assumptions and reveals the pivotal role that
pleasure dairies played in cultural and political life, especially with respect to polarizing debates
about nobility, femininity, and domesticity. Together with other forms
of pastoral architecture such as model farms and hermitages, pleasure
dairies were crucial arenas for elite women to exercise and experiment
MEREDITH S.
with identity and power.
MARTIN
Opening with Catherine de’ Medici’s lavish dairy at
is Assistant
Fontainebleau (c. 1560), Martin’s book explores how French queens
Professor of Art at Wellesley
and noblewomen used pleasure dairies to naturalize their status, display
College.
their cultivated tastes, and proclaim their
virtue as nurturing mothers and capable
estate managers. Pleasure dairies also pro-
vided women with a site to promote good
health, by spending time in salubrious gar-
dens and consuming fresh milk. Illustrated
with a dazzling array of images and pho-
tographs, Dairy Queens sheds new light
on architecture, self, and society in the
ancien régime.

HARVARD HISTORICAL STUDIES 176 |


FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 82 COLOR ILLUS.,
8 HALFTONES | 358 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-04899-7 |
$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | HISTORY

From lef t: “Por trait of M arguerite B audard de


S aint-James, M arquise de Puységur ” by E lisab eth
Vigée Le Brun, 1786. Cour tesy of The Snite Museum
of Ar t, Universit y of Notre Dame; “Por trait of the
D uchesse de G uiche” by E lisab eth Vigée Le Brun,
1784. Private Collec tion.

64 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Group Experiment Venice’s Most
and Other Writings Loyal City
The Frankfurt School on Public Opinion in Civic Identity in Renaissance Brescia
Postwar Germany
Stephen D. Bowd
Friedrich Pollock, Theodor W.
By the second decade of the fifteenth century Venice had estab-
Adorno, and Colleagues
lished an empire in Italy extending from its lagoon base to the
Edited, translated, and introduced by lakes, mountains, and valleys of the northwestern part of the
Andrew J. Perrin and Jeffrey K. Olick peninsula. The wealthiest and most populous part of this empire
was the city of Brescia which, together with its surrounding ter-
During the occupation of West Germany after the Second World ritory, lay in a key frontier zone between the politically power-
War, the American authorities commissioned polls to assess the ful Milanese and the economically important Germans. Venetian
values and opinions of ordinary Germans. They concluded that governance there involved political compromise and some sen-
the fascist attitudes of the Nazi era had weakened to a large sitivity to local concerns, and Brescians forged their distinctive
degree. Theodor W. Adorno and his Frankfurt School colleagues, civic identity alongside a strong Venetian cultural presence.
who returned in 1949 from the United States, were skeptical.
Based on archival, artistic, and architectural evidence,
They held that standardized polling was an inadequate and
Stephen Bowd presents an innovative microhistory of a fasci-
superficial method for exploring such questions. In their view,
nating, yet historically neglected city. He shows how Brescian
public opinion is not simply an aggregate of individually held
loyalty to Venice was repeatedly tested by a succession of disas-
opinions, but is fundamentally a public concept, formed through
ters: assault by Milanese forces, economic downturn,
interaction in conversations and with prevailing attitudes and
demographic collapse, and occupation by
ideas “in the air.” In Group Experiment, edited by Friedrich
French and Spanish armies intent on dis-
Pollock, they published their findings on their group discussion
membering the Venetian empire. In
experiments that delved deeper into the process of opinion for-
spite of all these troubles the city
mation. Andrew J. Perrin and Jeffrey K. Olick make a case that
experienced a cultural revival and a
these experiments are an important missing link in the ontology
dramatic political transformation
and methodology of current social-science survey research.
under Venetian rule, which Bowd
FRIEDRICH POLLOCK (1894–1970) was director of the describes and uses to illuminate
Institute for Social Research, the Frankfurt School, from the process of state formation in
1928 to 1959. THEODOR W. ADORNO (1903–1969) was one of the most powerful regions
a leading figure in the Frankfurt School and one of the of Renaissance Italy.
twentieth century’s most demanding intellectuals.
ANDREW J. PERRIN is Associate Professor of Sociology, S T E P H E N D. B O W D is
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. JEFFREY K. S e n i o r Le c t u re r i n Eu ro p e a n
OLICK is Professor of Sociology and History, University of H i s to r y, U n i ve r s i t y o f
Virginia. Ed i n b u rg h .

FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 20 FIGURES, 29 TABLES | 200 PP. | I TATTI STUDIES IN ITALIAN RENAISSANCE HISTORY |
ISBN 978-0-674-04846-1 | $49.95X (£36.95 UK) | SOCIOLOGY NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 7 HALFTONES | 360 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05120-1 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | HISTORY
“Neptune Transforming Cygnus into a Swan” by N icola da Urbino.
© National Museums S cotland

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 65
Advertising Empire In the Shadow of
Race and Visual Culture in Imperial Germany
Sectarianism
David Ciarlo Law, Shi‘ism, and the Making of Modern Lebanon
At the end of the nineteenth Max Weiss
century, Germany turned
toward colonialism, establishing Contrary to the conventional wisdom that sectarianism is intrin-
protectorates in Africa, and sically linked to violence, bloodshed, or social disharmony, Max
toward a mass consumer soci- Weiss uncovers the complex roots of Shi’i sectarianism in twen-
ety, mapping the meaning of tieth-century Lebanon.
commodities through advertis- The template for conflicted relations between the Lebanese
ing. These developments, dis- state and Shi’i society arose under French Mandate rule through
tinct in the world of political a process of gradual transformation, long before the political
economy, were intertwined in mobilization of the Shi’i community under the charismatic
the world of visual culture. Imam Musa al-Sadr and his Movement of the Deprived, and
David Ciarlo offers an decades before the radicalization linked to Hizballah. Through-
innovative visual history of each out the period, the Shi’i community was buffeted by crosscutting
of these transformations. Tracing commercial imagery across dif- political, religious, and ideological currents: transnational affili-
ferent products and media, Ciarlo shows how and why the ations versus local concerns; the competing pull of Arab nation-
“African native” had emerged by 1900 to become a familiar fig- alism and Lebanese nationalism; loyalty to Jabal Amil, the
ure in the German landscape, selling everything from soap to cultural heartland of Shi’i Lebanon; and the modernization of
shirts to coffee. The racialization of black figures, first associated religious and juridical traditions.
with the American minstrel shows that toured Germany, found Uncoupling the beginnings of modern Shi’i collective iden-
ever greater purchase in German advertising up to and after tity from the rise of political Shi’ism, Weiss transforms our under-
1905, when Germany waged war against the Herero in South- standing of the nature of sectarianism and shows why in
west Africa. The new reach of advertising not only expanded Lebanon it has been both so productive and so destructive at
the domestic audience for German colonialism, but transformed the same time.
colonialism’s political and cultural meaning as well, by infusing
M A X W E I S S i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f H i s to r y and
it with a simplified racial cast.
Ne a r E a s te r n S t u d i e s at P r i n c e to n U n i ve r s i t y, a nd a
The visual realm shaped the worldview of the colonial j u n i o r fe l l ow at t h e S o c i e t y o f Fe l l ows, H a r va rd
rulers, illuminated the importance of commodities, and in the U n i ve r s i t y.
process, drew a path to German modernity. The powerful vision
of racial difference at the core of this modernity would have pro- OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 2 MAPS | 310 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05298-7 |
$39.95X (£29.95 UK) | HISTORY
found consequences for the future.

D AV I D C I A R L O i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f H i s to r y, Pack aging for Ceylon Cream Cho colates by the Stollwerck firm, Colo gne,
G ermany, c a. 1900. Verpackungsmuseum, Heidelb erg.
Unive r s i t y o f C i n c i n n at i .

HARVARD HISTORICAL STUDIES 171 | JANUARY | 6 3⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 |


29 COLOR ILLUS., 106 HALFTONES | 400 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05006-8 |
$49.95X (£36.95 UK) | HISTORY

66 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Strangers on the Cultivating Global
Western Front Citizens
Chinese Workers in the Great War Population in the Rise of China
Xu Guoqi Susan Greenhalgh
During World War I, Britain and France imported workers from Current accounts of China’s global
their colonies to labor behind the front lines. The single largest rise emphasize economics and poli-
group of support labor came not from imperial colonies, how- tics, largely neglecting the cultivation
ever, but from China. Xu Guoqi tells the remarkable story of the of China’s people. Susan Greenhalgh,
140,000 Chinese men recruited for the Allied war effort. one of the foremost authorities on
These laborers, mostly illiterate peasants from north China, China’s one-child policy, places the
came voluntarily and worked in Europe longer than any other governance of population squarely at
group. Xu explores China’s reasons for sending its citizens to the heart of China’s ascent.
help the British and French (and, later, the Americans), the back- Focusing on the decade since
grounds of the workers, their difficult transit to Europe—across 2000, and especially 2004–09, she
the Pacific, through Canada, and over the Atlantic—and their argues that the vital politics of population has been central to
experiences with the Allied armies. It was the first encounter the globalizing agenda of the reform state. By helping transform
with Westerners for most of these Chinese peasants, and Xu also China’s rural masses into modern workers and citizens, by work-
considers the story from their perspective: how they understood ing to strengthen, techno-scientize, and legitimize the PRC
this distant war, the racism and suspicion they faced, and their regime, and by boosting China’s economic development and
attempts to hold on to their culture so far from home. comprehensive national power, the governance of the popula-
In recovering this fascinating lost story, Xu highlights the tion has been critically important to the rise of global China.
Chinese contribution to World War I and illuminates the essen- After decades of viewing population as a hindrance to
tial role these unsung laborers played in modern modernization, China’s leaders are now equating it with
China’s search for a new human capital and redefining it as a positive factor in the
national identity on nation’s transition to a knowledge-based economy. In
the global stage. encouraging “human development,” the regime is trying to
induce people to become self-governing, self-enterprising
X U G U O Q I is persons who will advance their own health, education,
Professor of
and welfare for the benefit of the nation. From an object
Histor y at the
of coercive restriction by the state, population is being
Universit y of
refigured as a field of self-cultivation by China’s people
Hong Kong.
themselves.
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 |
30 HALFTONES, S U S A N G R E E N H A L G H i s P ro fe s s o r o f
1 TABLE | 340 PP. |
A n t h ro p o l o g y at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f C a l i fo r n i a , I r v i n e.
ISBN 978-0-674-04999-4 |
$39.95X (£29.95 UK) | HISTORY
THE EDWIN O. REISCHAUER LECTURES | OCTOBER |
From lef t: Photo cour tesy Universit y of Leeds Librar y Sp ecial Collec tions: 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 1 HALFTONE, 5 LINE ILLUS., 6 TABLES | 136 PP. |
Liddle Collec tion; I nternational I nstitute of S o cial H istor y, Stefan R. ISBN 978-0-674-05571-1 | $29.95X (£22.95 UK) |
L andsb erger Collec tion (http://chinesep osters.net). ASIAN STUDIES / SOCIOLOGY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 67
Capitalizing on Crisis Homelessness,
The Political Origins of the Rise of Finance
Housing, and
Greta R. Krippner
Mental Illness
In the context of the recent financial crisis, the extent to which
Russell K. Schutt
the U.S. economy has become dependent on financial activities
has been made abundantly clear. In Capitalizing on Crisis, Greta with Stephen M. Goldfinger
Krippner traces the longer-term historical evolution that made
the rise of finance possible, arguing that this development rested Humans are social animals and, in general, don’t thrive in iso-
on a broader transformation of the U.S. economy than is sug- lated environments. Homeless people, many of whom suffer
gested by the current preoccupation with financial speculation. from serious mental illnesses, often live socially isolated on the
streets or in shelters. Homelessness, Housing, and Mental Ill-
Krippner argues that state policies that created conditions
ness describes a carefully designed large-scale study to assess
conducive to financialization allowed the state to avoid a series
how well these people do when attempts are made to reduce
of economic, social, and political dilemmas that confronted pol-
their social isolation and integrate them into the community.
icymakers as postwar prosperity stalled beginning in the late
1960s and 1970s. In this regard, the financialization of the econ- Should homeless mentally ill people be provided with the
omy was not a deliberate outcome sought by policymakers, but type of housing they want or with what clinicians think they
rather an inadvertent result of the state’s attempts to solve other need? Is residential staff necessary? Are roommates advanta-
problems. The book focuses on deregulation of financial mar- geous? How is community integration affected by substance
kets during the 1970s and 1980s, encouragement of foreign cap- abuse, psychiatric diagnoses, and cognitive functioning? Home-
ital into the U.S. economy in the context of large fiscal lessness, Housing, and Mental Illness answers these questions
imbalances in the early 1980s, and changes in monetary policy and reexamines the assumptions behind housing policies that
following the shift to high interest rates in 1979. support the preference of most homeless mentally ill people to
live alone in independent apartments. The analysis shows that
Exhaustively researched, the book brings extensive new
living alone reduces housing retention as well as cognitive func-
empirical evidence to bear on debates regarding recent devel-
tioning, while group homes improve these critical outcomes.
opments in financial markets and the broader turn to the mar-
Throughout the book, Russell Schutt explores the meaning and
ket that has characterized U.S. society over the last several
value of community for our most fragile citizens.
decades.
R U S S E L L K . S C H U T T i s P ro fe s s o r a n d C h a i r o f
G R E TA R . K R I P P N E R i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f
S o c i o l o g y at U n i ve r s i t y o f M a s s a c h u s e t t s, B o s to n, and
S ocio l o g y at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f M i c h i g a n .
Le c t u re r o n S o c i o l o g y i n t h e D e p a r t m e n t o f Ps ychiatr y
at t h e H a r va rd M e d i c a l S c h o o l. S T E P H E N M .
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 14 GRAPHS | 234 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05084-6 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | G O L D F I N G E R i s P ro fe s s o r o f Ps yc h i at r y a n d
SOCIOLOGY / POLITICS B e h av i o r a l S c i e n c e s a n d D e p a r t m e n t C h a i r at S UNY
D ow n s t ate M e d i c a l Ce n te r.

FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 47 CHARTS, 7 TABLES | 390 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-05101-0 | $49.95X (£36.95 UK) |
SOCIOLOGY / MEDICINE

68 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
religion and classics

The Gnostics
Myth, Ritual, and Diversity in Early Christianity
David Brakke
Who were the Gnostics? And how did the Gnostic movement influence
the development of Christianity in antiquity? Is it true that the Church
rejected Gnosticism? This book offers an illuminating discussion of recent
scholarly debates over the concept of “Gnosticism” and the nature of early
Christian diversity. Acknowledging that the category “Gnosticism” is flawed
and must be reformed, David Brakke argues for a more careful approach to
gathering evidence for the ancient
Christian movement known as the
Gnostic school of thought. He shows
how Gnostic myth and ritual
D AV I D B R A K K E is Professor of
addressed basic human concerns
Religious Studies at Indiana
about alienation and meaning, offered
University. He is the author of
a message of salvation in Jesus, and
Demons and the Making of the Monk
provided a way for people to regain
(Harvard).
knowledge of God, the ultimate
source of their being.
Rather than depicting the
Gnostics as heretics or as the losers in
the fight to define Christianity, Brakke
argues that the Gnostics participated in an ongoing reinvention of Christianity, in which other
Christians not only rejected their ideas but also adapted and transformed them. This book will
challenge scholars to think in news ways, but it also provides an accessible introduction to the
Gnostics and their fellow early Christians.

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 160 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04684-9 |


$29.95X (£22.95 UK) | RELIGION

Christ flanked by t wo Ap ostles. Front of columnar sarcophagus with scen es of the New Testament. M arble bas relief,
Early Christian, c a. 350–375 C E . Museo Pio Cristiano, Vatic an Museums, Vatic an State. Photo Credit: Vanni / Ar t
Resource, NY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 69
EDITED BY JEFFREY HENDERSON

LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY

Plautus
Volume I: Amphitryon.
The Comedy of Asses.
The Pot of Gold.The Two Bacchises.The Captives
Edited and translated by Wolfgang de Melo
The rollicking comedies of Plautus, who brilliantly adapted Greek plays for Roman
audiences c. 205–184 BCE, are the earliest Latin works to survive complete and are cor-
nerstones of the European theatrical tradition from
Shakespeare and Molière to modern times. This
first volume of a new Loeb edition of all 21
of Plautus’s extant comedies presents
Amphitruo, Asinaria, Aulularia, Bac-
chides, and Captivi with freshly
edited texts, lively modern trans-
lations, and ample explanatory notes. Accompanying the plays is a
detailed introduction to Plautus’s œuvre as a whole, discussing his
techniques of translation and adaptation, his use of Roman humor,
stage conventions, language and meter, and his impact on the
Greco-Roman comedic theater and beyond.

W O L F G A N G D E M E L O is Professor of Latin and


Greek at Ghent University.

LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY® 60


JANUARY | 4 1⁄4 X 6 3⁄8 | 534 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-99653-3 |
$24.00 (£15.95 UK) | CLASSICS

70 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Saturnalia The Learned
Books 1–2 / Books 3–5 / Books 6–7 Banqueters
Macrobius VolumeVII: Books 13.594b–14
Edited and translated by Athenaeus
Robert A. Kaster Edited and translated by
The Saturnalia, Macrobius’s encyclopedic celebration of S. Douglas Olson
Roman culture written in the early fifth century BCE, has
In The Learned Banqueters, Athenaeus describes a series
been prized since the Renaissance as a treasure trove of oth-
of dinner parties at which the guests quote extensively from
erwise unattested lore. Cast in the form of a dialogue, the
Greek literature. The work (which dates to the very end of
Saturnalia treats subjects as diverse as the divinity of the
the second century CE) is amusing reading and of extraor-
Sun and the quirks of human digestion while showcasing
dinary value as a treasury of quotations from works now lost.
Vergil as the master of all human knowledge from diction
Athenaeus also preserves a wide range of information about
and rhetoric to philosophy and religion.
different cuisines and foodstuffs, the music and entertain-
The new Latin text is based on a refined understand-
ments that ornamented banquets, and the intellectual talk
ing of the medieval tradition and improves on Willis’s stan-
that was the heart of Greek conviviality. S. Douglas Olson
dard edition in nearly 300 places. The accompanying
has undertaken to produce a complete new edition of the
translation—only the second in English and the only one
work, replacing the previous Loeb Athenaeus (published
now in print—offers a clear and sprightly rendition of
under the title Deipnosophists).
Macrobius’s ornate Latin and is supplemented by ample
annotation. A full introduction places the work in its cul-
S . D O U G L A S O L S O N is Distinguished
tural context and analyzes its construction, while indexes of
McKnight University Professor of Classical and
names, subjects, and ancient works cited in both text and Near Eastern Studies at the University of
notes make the work more readily accessible than ever Minnesota.
before.
LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY® 345
JANUARY | 4 1⁄4 X 6 3⁄8 | 334 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-99673-1 |
R O B E R T A . K A S T E R is Professor of Classics $24.00 (£15.95 UK) | CLASSICS
and Kennedy Foundation Professor of Latin at
Princeton University.

LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY® 510


BOOKS 1–2 | JANUARY | 4 1⁄4 X 6 3⁄8 | 420 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-99649-6 | $24.00 (£17.95 UK) | CLASSICS
LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY® 511
BOOKS 3–5 | JANUARY | 4 1⁄4 X 6 3⁄8 | 422 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-99671-7 | $24.00 (£17.95 UK) | CLASSICS
LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY® 512
BOOKS 6–7 | JANUARY | 4 1⁄4 X 6 3⁄8 | 532 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-99672-4 | $24.00 (£17.95 UK) | CLASSICS

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 71
Augustine and Marriage and Slavery
Spinoza in Early Islam
Milad Doueihi Kecia Ali
Translated by Jane Marie Todd
What did it mean to be a wife, woman, or slave in a society in
Election and grace are two key concepts that not only have which a land-owning woman was forbidden to lay with her male
shaped the relations between Judaism and Christianity, but also slave but the same slave might be allowed to take concubines?
have formed a cornerstone of the Western philosophical dis- Jurists of the nascent Maliki, Hanafi, and Shafi‘i legal schools
course on the evolution and progress of humanity. Though frequently compared marriage to purchase and divorce to man-
Augustine and Spinoza can be shown to share a methodological umission. Juggling scripture, precedent, and custom on one
approach to these concepts, their conclusions remain radically hand, and the requirements of logical consistency on the other,
different. For the Church Father Augustine, grace defines human legal scholars engaged in vigorous debate. The emerging con-
nature by the potential availability of divine intervention, thus sensus demonstrated a self-perpetuating analogy between a hus-
setting the stage for the institutional and political legitimacy of band’s status as master and a wife’s as slave, even as jurists
the Church, the Christian state, and its justice. For Spinoza, on insisted on the dignity of free women and, increasingly, the mas-
the other hand, election represents a unique but local form of culine rights of enslaved husbands.
divine intervention, marked by geography and historical con- Marriage and Slavery in Early Islam presents the first
text. systematic analysis of how these jurists conceptualized mar-
Milad Doueihi maps out the consequences of such an riage—its rights and obligations—using the same rhetoric of
encounter between these two thinkers in terms of their philo- ownership used to describe slavery. Kecia Ali explores parallels
sophical heritage and its continued relevance for contemporary between marriage and concubinage that legitimized sex and
discussions of religious diversity and autonomy. legitimated offspring using eighth- through tenth-century legal
Augustine asserts a theological foundation for the political, texts. As the jurists discussed claims spouses could make on each
whereas Spinoza radically separates philosophy, and thus author- other—including dower, sex, obedience, and companionship–
ity, from theology in order to solicit a political democracy. In this they returned repeatedly to issues of legal status: wife and con-
sharply argued and deeply learned book, Milad Doueihi shows cubine, slave and free, male and female.
us how interconnections between the two thinkers have come Complementing the growing body of scholarship on
to shape Western philosophy. Islamic marital and family law, Ali boldly contributes to the
ongoing debates over feminism, sexuality, and reform in Islam.
M I L A D D O U E I H I i s Ho n o r a r y P ro fe s s or i a l Fe l l ow at
the U n i ve r s i t y o f G l a s g ow a n d t h e a u t h or o f Ea r t h l y K E C I A A L I i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f Re l i g i o n at
Para d i se ( H a r va rd ) . B o s to n U n i ve r s i t y.

OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 120 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05063-1 | OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 234 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05059-4 |
$29.95X (£22.95 UK) | PHILOSOPHY $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | RELIGION

72 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
science

Life in a Shell
A Physiologist’s View of a Turtle
Donald C. Jackson
Trundling along in essentially the same form for some 220 million years, turtles have seen
dinosaurs come and go, mammals emerge, and humankind expand its dominion. Is it any won-
der the persistent reptile bested the hare? In this engaging book physiologist Donald Jackson
shares a lifetime of observation of this curious creature, allowing us a look under the shell of an
animal at once so familiar and so strange.
Here we discover how the turtle’s proverbial slowness
helps it survive a long, cold winter under ice. How the shell not
only serves as a protective home but also influences such essential
functions as buoyancy control, breathing, and surviving remarkably DONALD C.
long periods without oxygen, and how many other physiological J A C K S O N is
features help define this unique animal. Jackson offers insight into Professor Emeritus
what exactly it’s like to live inside a shell—to carry the heavy cara- of Medical Science,
pace on land and in water, to breathe without an expandable Brown University.
ribcage, to have sex with all that body armor intervening.
Along the way we also learn something about the process
of scientific discovery—how the answer to one question leads to
new questions, how a chance observation can change the direction of study, and above all how
new research always builds on the previous work of others. A clear and informative exposition
of physiological concepts using the turtle as a model organism, the book is as interesting for what
it tells us about scientific investigation as it is for its deep and detailed understanding of how
the enduring turtle “works.”

FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 10 HALFTONES, 10 LINE ILLUS. | 174 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-05034-1 | $29.95X (£22.95 UK) | NATURE

Photo by Donald C. Jackson

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 73
The Restless Plant
Dov Koller
Edited by Elizabeth Van Volkenburgh

Plants, so predictable, stay where they are. And yet, like all living things, they also move: they
grow, adapt, shed leaves and bark, spread roots and branches, snare pollinators, and reward
cultivators. This book, the first to thoroughly explore the subject since Darwin’s 1881 treatise
on movements in plants, is a comprehensive, up-to-date account of the mechanisms and the
adaptive values that move plants.
Drawing on examples across the spectrum of plant families—including mosses, ferns,
conifers, and flowering plants—the author opens a window on how plants move: within cells,
as individual cells, and via organs. Opening with an explana-
tion of how cellular motors work and how cells manage to
move organs, Dov Koller considers the movement of roots,
D O V K O L L E R was Professor Emeritus in
tubers, rhizomes, and other plant parts underground, as well
the Department of Botany at the Hebrew as the more familiar stems, leaves, and flowers.
University of Jerusalem. E L I Z A B E T H
Throughout, Koller presents information at the sub-
VA N V O L K E N B U R G H is Adjunct
cellular and cellular levels, including the roles of receptors, sig-
Professor of Forest Resources and
naling pathways, hormones, and physiological responses in
Divisional Dean for Research, College of motor function. He also discusses the adaptive significance of
Arts and Sciences, University of movements. His book exposes the workings of a world little
Washington. understood and often overlooked, the world of restless plants
and the movements by which they accomplish the necessary
functions of their lives.

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 6 HALFTONES, 30 LINE ILLUS. | 200 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-04863-8 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | NATURE

I llustrations by Dov B o ck

74 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
economics & law

Maynard’s Revenge
The Collapse of Free Market Macroeconomics
Lance Taylor
It is now widely agreed that mainstream macroeconomics is irrelevant and
that there is need for a more useful and realistic economic analysis that can
provide a better understanding of the ongoing global financial and economic
crisis. Lance Taylor’s book exposes the unrealistic assumptions of the rational
expectations and real business cycle approaches and of mainstream finance
theory. It argues that in separating monetary and financial behavior from real
behavior, they do not address the ways that consumption, accumulation, and
the government play in the workings of the economy.
Taylor argues that the ideas of J. M. Keynes and others provide a
more useful framework both for understanding the crisis and for dealing with
it effectively. Keynes’s basic points were fundamental uncertainty and the
absence of Say’s Law. He set up machinery to analyze the macro economy
under such circumstances, including the principle of
effective demand, liquidity preference, different rules
for determining commodity and asset prices, distinct
behavioral patterns of different collective actors, and
L A N C E TAY L O R is
the importance of thinking in terms of complete macro
Arnhold Professor of
accounting schemes. Economists working in this tra-
International Cooperation
dition also worked out growth and cycle models.
and Development at the
Employing these ideas throughout May-
New School. He is the
nard’s Revenge, Taylor provides an analytical narrative
author of Reconstructing
about the causes of the crisis, and suggestions for deal-
Macroeconomics (Harvard).
ing with it.

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 39 GRAPHS, 14 TABLES | 350 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-05046-4 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | ECONOMICS

Catherine Ledner / G ett y I mages

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 75
The Crisis of Consistency, Choice,
Neoliberalism and Rationality
Gérard Duménil and Walter Bossert and
Dominique Lévy Kotaro Suzumura
This book examines “the great contraction” of 2007–2010 In Consistency, Choice, and Rationality, economic theorists
within the context of the neoliberal globalization that began in Walter Bossert and Kotaro Suzumura present a thorough math-
the early 1980s. This new phase of capitalism greatly enriched ematical treatment of Suzumura consistency, an alternative to
the top 5 percent of Americans, including capitalists and finan- established coherence properties such as transitivity, quasi-
cial managers, but at a significant cost to the country as a whole. transitivity, or acyclicity. Applications in individual and social
Declining domestic investment in manufacturing, unsustainable choice theory, fields important not only to economics but also to
household debt, rising dependence on imports and financing, philosophy and political science, are discussed. Specifically, the
and the growth of a fragile and unwieldy global financial struc- authors explore topics such as rational choice and revealed pref-
ture threaten the strength of the dollar. Unless these trends are erence theory, and collective decision making in an atemporal
reversed, the authors predict, the U.S. economy will face sharp framework as well as in an intergenerational setting.
decline.
WA LT E R B O S S E R T i s P ro fe s s o r o f Ec o n o m i c s at the
Summarizing a large amount of troubling data, the authors
U n i ve r s i t y o f M o n t re a l. K O TA R O S U Z U M U R A is
show that manufacturing has declined from 40 percent of GDP
P ro fe s s o r o f Ec o n o m i c s at Wa s e d a U n i ve r s i t y.
to under 10 percent in thirty years. Since consumption drives
the American economy and since manufactured goods comprise OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 1 TABLE | 176 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05299-4 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) |
the largest share of consumer purchases, clearly we will not be
ECONOMICS
able to sustain the accumulating trade deficits.
Rather than blame individuals, such as Greenspan or
Bernanke, the authors focus on larger forces. Repairing the
breach in our economy will require limits on free trade and the
free international movement of capital; policies aimed at improv-
ing education, research, and infrastructure; reindustrialization;
and the taxation of higher incomes.

G É R A R D D U M É N I L a n d D O M I N I Q U E L É V Y a re
D ire c to r s o f Re s e a rc h at t h e Ce n t re N at i o n a l d e l a
Rech e rc h e S c i e n t i f i q u e, Pa r i s, a n d c o a u th o r s o f
Capi ta l Re s u rg e n t ( H a r va rd ) .

JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 76 LINE ILLUS., 6 CHARTS, 21 TABLES | 400 PP. |


ISBN 978-0-674-04988-8 | $49.95X (£36.95 UK) | ECONOMICS

76 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Constitutional Constitutional
Theocracy Identity
Ran Hirschl Gary Jeffrey Jacobsohn
At the intersection of two sweeping global trends—the rise of In Constitutional Identity, Gary Jeffrey Jacobsohn argues that a
popular support for principles of theocratic governance and the constitution acquires an identity through experience—from a
spread of constitutionalism and judicial review—a new legal mix of the political aspirations and commitments that express a
order has emerged: constitutional theocracy. It enshrines reli- nation’s past and the desire to transcend that past. It is change-
gion and its interlocutors as “a” or “the” source of legislation, able but resistant to its own destruction, and manifests itself in
and at the same time adheres to core ideals and practices of mod- various ways, as Jacobsohn shows in examples as far flung as
ern constitutionalism. A unique hybrid of apparently conflicting India, Ireland, Israel, and the United States.
worldviews, values, and interests, constitutional theocracies Jacobsohn argues that the presence of disharmony—both
thus offer an ideal setting—a “living laboratory” as it were—for the tensions within a constitutional order and those that exist
studying constitutional law as a form of politics by other means. between a constitutional document and the society it seeks to
In this book, Ran Hirschl undertakes a rigorous comparative regulate—is critical to understanding the theory and dynamics
analysis of religion-and-state jurisprudence from dozens of coun- of constitutional identity. He explores constitutional identity’s
tries worldwide to explore the evolving role of constitutional great practical importance for some of constitutionalism’s most
law and courts in a non-secularist world. vexing questions: Is an unconstitutional constitution possible? Is
Counterintuitively, Hirschl argues that the constitutional the judicial practice of using foreign sources to resolve domes-
enshrinement of religion is a rational, prudent strategy that tic legal disputes a threat to vital constitutional interests? How
allows opponents of theocratic governance to talk the religious are the competing demands of transformation and preservation
talk without walking most of what they regard as theocracy’s in constitutional evolution to be balanced?
unappealing, costly walk. Many of the jurisdictional, enforce-
ment, and cooptation advantages that gave religious legal G A RY J E F F R E Y J ACO B S O H N is H. Malcolm
M a c D o n a l d P ro fe s s o r o f Co n s t i t u t i o n a l a n d
regimes an edge in the pre-modern era, are now aiding the mod-
Co m p a r at i ve L aw i n t h e D e p a r t m e n t o f G ove r n m e n t,
ern state and its laws in its effort to contain religion. The “con-
U n i ve r s i t y o f Tex a s at A u s t i n .
stitutional” in a constitutional theocracy thus fulfills the same
restricting function it carries out in a constitutional democracy: OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 340 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04766-2 |
it brings theocratic governance under check and assigns to con- $45.00X (£33.95 UK) | POLITICS / LAW

stitutional law and courts the task of a bulwark against the threat
of radical religion.

R A N H I R S C H L i s P ro fe s s o r o f Po l i t i c a l S c i e n c e a n d
L aw, Universit y o f To ro n to, a n d C a n a d a Re s e a rc h C h a i r
in Constitution a l i s m a n d D e m o c r a c y.

NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 290 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04819-5 |


$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | POLITICS / PHILOSOPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 77
Legality Legally Poisoned
Scott J. Shapiro How the Law Puts Us at Risk from Toxicants
Carl F. Cranor
What is law? This question has preoccupied philosophers from
Plato to Thomas Hobbes to H. L. A. Hart, yet many others find Take a random walk through your life and you’ll find it is awash
it perplexing, even frivolous. Why do we need a general theory in industrial, often toxic, chemicals. Sip water from a plastic bot-
of what law is? What does it have to do with legal practice? In tle and ingest bisphenol A. Prepare dinner in a non-stick frying
Legality, Scott Shapiro draws on current work in the theory of pan or wear a layer of Gore-Tex only to be exposed to perfluo-
action to offer an original and compelling answer to this peren- rinated compounds. Hang curtains, clip your baby into a car seat,
nial philosophical question. Breaking with a long tradition in watch television—all are manufactured with brominated flame-
jurisprudence, Shapiro argues that legal systems are not defined retardants.
by rules but by plans. He shows how thinking about laws as Cosmetic ingredients, industrial chemicals, pesticides,
plans resolves many vexing puzzles about the nature of law and and other compounds enter our bodies and remain briefly or
demonstrates its profound implications for the practice of legal permanently. Far too many suspected toxic hazards are
interpretation. unleashed every day that affect the development and function of
By introducing us to the Planning Theory, Shapiro our brain, immune system, reproductive organs, or hormones.
not only develops a highly distinctive and promising answer to But no public health law requires product testing of most chem-
the question of what law is, but also vindicates the value of the ical compounds before they enter the market. If products are
question itself. Through careful argumentation and analysis of deemed dangerous, toxicants must be forcibly reduced or
current legal controversies, Shapiro shows that jurisprudence is removed—but only after harm has been done.
not formal and arid, as some have alleged, but vitally important. In this scientifically rigorous legal analysis, Carl Cranor
In fact, many of the most pressing issues that confront lawyers argues that just as pharmaceuticals and pesticides cannot be sold
demand that these grand philosophical questions be resolved without pre-market testing, other chemical products should be
first. Written in clear, jargon-free language, and presupposing no subject to the same safety measures. Cranor shows, in terrifying
legal or philosophical background, Legality offers a ground- detail, what risks we run, and that it is entirely possible to design
breaking new theory of law as well as an excellent introduction a less dangerous commercial world.
to, and defense of, classical jurisprudence.
C A R L F. C R A N O R i s D i s t i n g u i s h e d P ro fe s s o r of
S C O T T J . S H A P I R O i s P ro fe s s o r o f L aw at Ya l e L aw P h i l o s o p hy at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f C a l i fo r n i a , R i ve rside.
S cho o l.
FEBRUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 256 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-04970-3 |

.
BELKNAP PRESS | JANUARY | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 360 PP. | $35.00X (£25.95 UK) | LAW / ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
ISBN 978-0-674-05566-7 | $39.95X (£29.95 UK) | LAW

78 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
dumbarton oaks research library and collection

San Marco, Early Byzantine


Byzantium, and the Pilgrimage Art
Myths of Venice Revised Edition
Gary Vikan
Edited by Henry Maguire and
Robert S. Nelson Early Byzantine Pilgrimage Art explores
the portable artifacts of eastern Mediter-
The church of San Marco ranean pilgrimage from the fifth to the
of Venice has long played seventh century, presenting them in the
a central role in Venetian context of contemporary pilgrims’ texts
political, ceremonial, and and the archaeology of sacred sites. The
religious life. Its renowned book shows how the iconography and
assemblage of mosaics, devotional piety of Byzantine pilgrim-
sculpture, metalwork, and age art changed, and it surveys the
reliquaries are, in origin, material and social culture of pilgrim-
Roman, Byzantine, Vene- age. What did these early religious trav-
tian, or Venetian imitation elers take home with them and what
of Byzantine designs. In did they leave behind? Where were
San Marco, Byzantium, these “sacred souvenirs” manufactured
and the Myths of Venice, and what was their purpose? How did the
the authors assess the sig- images imprinted upon many of them help
nificance of the embellishment of the church and its immediate realize that purpose? The first edition of
surroundings, especially during the thirteenth and fourteenth this pathbreaking book, published in
centuries, when most of the Byzantine material was acquired, 1982, established late antique pilgrimage
largely from Constantinople. The church and its decoration are and its artifacts as an important topic of study.
studied in relation to Venice’s interests abroad and on mainland In this revised, enlarged version, Gary Vikan
Italy. The authors address the diverse styles, sources, meanings, significantly expands the narrative by situating the
and significance of this art, both individually and as an ensem- miraculous world of the early Byzantine pilgrim
ble. Building upon developments in scholarship since Otto within the context of late antique magic and pre-Chris-
Demus’s masterly studies of the church, the book offers new tian healing shrines, and by considering the trajectory of pil-
insights into the inspiration, purposes, and mutability of San grimage after the Arab conquest of the seventh century.
Marco and the myths that inspired and motivated Venetians.
G A R Y V I K A N i s t h e D i re c to r o f t h e Wa l te r s A r t
H E N R Y M A G U I R E i s a fo r m e r D i re c to r o f B y z a n t i n e Museum.
S tudies at D um b a r to n O a k s a n d P ro fe s s o r o f A r t
Histor y at John s Ho p ki n s U n i ve r s i t y. R O B E R T S . DUMBARTON OAKS BYZANTINE COLLECTION PUBLICATIONS 5 |
DECEMBER | 9 X 10 | 53 COLOR ILLUS., 6 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | 128 PP. |
N E L S O N is Pro fe s s o r o f t h e H i s to r y o f A r t at Ya l e. PAPER: ISBN 978-0-88402-358-6 | $29.95X (£22.95 UK) | ART / RELIGION

DUMBARTON OAKS BYZANTINE SYMPOSIA AND COLLOQUIA |


DECEMBER | 7 X 10 | 12 COLOR ILLUS., 131 HALFTONES | 328 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-88402-360-9 | $60.00X (£44.95 UK) | ARCHITECTURE

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 79
A Home of the American Art at
Humanities Dumbarton Oaks
The Collecting and Patronage of Mildred and James N. Carder
Robert Woods Bliss
Edited by James N. Carder Mildred and Robert Woods
Bliss, the founders of Dumb-
Mildred and Robert Woods Bliss were arton Oaks, were not, per se,
consummate collectors and patrons. collectors of American art.
After purchasing Dumbarton Oaks in Nevertheless, they acquired
1920, they significantly redesigned the interesting and, at times,
house and its interiors, built important important examples of Ameri-
new structures, added over fifty acres of can paintings, drawings, etch-
planned gardens, hosted important musi- ings, and sculptures. Such
cal evenings and intellectual discussions acquisitions were but a part of
in their Music Room, and acquired a an overall collection which
world-class art collection and library. comprised ancient Chinese,
The illustrated essays in this vol- Greek, Roman, Byzantine,
ume reveal how the Blisses’ wide-rang- Pre-Columbian, and European
ing interests in art, music, gardens, architecture, and old master artworks as well as
interior design resulted in the creation of the Dumbarton Oaks rare books, literary manuscripts and correspondence, important
Research Library and Collection. Their collections of Byzantine furnishings, unusual bibelots, and concert-quality instruments.
and Pre-Columbian art and rare garden books and drawings are The American artworks that remain at Dumbarton Oaks offer
examined by Robert Nelson, Julie Jones, and Therese O’Malley, an important insight into the Blisses’ remarkable breadth of
respectively. James Carder provides the Blisses’ biography and vision for their collection.
discusses their patronage of various architects, including Philip This volume catalogues the American art collection at
Johnson, and the interior designer Armand Albert Rateau. The Dumbarton Oaks and is published in conjunction with an exhi-
Blisses’ collaboration with Beatrix Farrand on the creation of the bition, “American Art at Dumbarton Oaks.” An introductory
Dumbarton Oaks Gardens is recounted by Robin Karson, and essay describes the formation of this collection by Mildred and
their commission of Igor Stravinsky’s Dumbarton Oaks Concerto Robert Woods Bliss and their parents Anna and William H. Bliss,
and its premiere by Nadia Boulanger is examined by Jeanice while the subsequent catalogue entries elaborate on nineteen
Brooks. The volume demonstrates that every aspect of the artworks by James Abbott McNeill Whistler, Elihu Vedder,
Blisses’ collecting and patronage had a place in the creation of Walter Gay, Childe Hassam, Albert Edward Sterner, Henry
what they came to call their “home of the humanities.” Golden Dearth, and Bernice Cross. Richly illustrated with color
plates and comparative illustrations, this catalogue will be an
J A M E S N . C A R D E R i s A rc h i v i s t a n d Ho u s e important and enduring reference for scholars, students, and
Colle c t i o n M a n a g e r at D u m b a r to n O a k s Re s e a rc h admirers of American art.
Libra r y a n d Co l l e c t i o n .
DUMBARTON OAKS COLLECTION SERIES | JANUARY | 8 X 9 1⁄2 |
DECEMBER | 9 X 11 | 47 COLOR ILLUS., 101 HALFTONES | 224 PP. | 24 COLOR PHOTOS | 128 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-88402-365-4 | $65.00X (£48.95 UK) | BIOGRAPHY / ART PAPER: ISBN 978-0-88402-366-1 | $20.95X (£15.95 UK) | ART

80 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s ( d u m b a r to n o a k s
sculpture and society in Preclassic Mesoamerica, and
The Place of call into question the traditional dividing line
Stone Monuments between Preclassic and Classic cultures. They offer
not only a fruitful way of rethinking the beginnings
Context, Use, and Meaning in Mesoamerica’s of civilization in Mesoamerica, but provide a series
Preclassic Transition of detailed discussions concerning how these begin-
Edited by Julia Guernsey, John E. nings were dynamically visualized through sculp-
tural programming during the Preclassic period.
Clark, and Barbara Arroyo
J U L I A G U E R N S E Y i s A s s o c i ate P ro fe s s o r o f A r t a n d
This volume considers the significance of stone monuments in A r t H i s to r y at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f Tex a s, A u s t i n .
Preclassic Mesoamerica, focusing on the period following the J O H N E . C L A R K i s P ro fe s s o r o f A n t h ro p o l o g y a n d
precocious appearance of monumental sculpture at the Olmec D i re c to r o f t h e New Wo r l d A rc h a e o l o g i c a l Fo u n d at i o n
site of San Lorenzo and preceding the rise of the Classic polities at B r i g h a m Yo u n g U n i ve r s i t y. B A R B A R A A R R O YO i s
in the Maya region and Central Mexico. By quite literally “plac- Re s e a rc h A s s o c i ate at t h e M u s e o Po p o l Vu h i n
ing” sculptures in their cultural, historical, social, political, reli- G u ate m a l a C i t y.
gious, and cognitive contexts, the seventeen contributors utilize
PRE-COLUMBIAN SYMPOSIA AND COLLOQUIA |
NOVEMBER | 8 1⁄2 X 11 | 94 HALFTONES,
archaeological and art historical methods to understand the ori-
gins, growth, and spread of civilization in Middle America. They 88 BLACK & WHITE ILLUS., 31 MAPS, 5 TABLES | 368 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-88402-364-7 | $59.95X (£44.95 UK) | ARCHAEOLOGY
present abundant new data and new ways of thinking about

harvard forest

nomic, and cultural benefits of


Wildlands and forested landscapes for everyone in
Woodlands the region, from our most densely
settled cities to our most heavily
A Vision for the New England Landscape wooded lands. Drawing on the
David R. Foster and colleagues region’s rich history of land con-
servation and appealing directly to
The New England landscape, one of the most heavily forested its citizens, this new vision builds
regions in the U.S., currently stands at a unique and urgent junc- a strong case for a collaborative
ture for conservation. Over the past twenty years, development endeavor to conserve 70 percent
has perforated forests and farms in every New England state, of the New England landscape in
endangering the contiguous landscapes that are the center of forest in perpetuity.
our local resource base, cultural heritage, and regional resilience
to dramatic environmental change. This volume presents an eco- D AV I D R . F O S T E R i s D i re c to r o f t h e H a r va rd Fo re s t
logically salient call to action, grounded in the scholarship of i n Pe te r s h a m , M a s s a c h u s e t t s, a n d te a c h e s e c o l o g y at
H a r va rd U n i ve r s i t y.
more than a dozen of the region’s leading experts in ecology,
OCTOBER | 9 X 12 | 30 COLOR ILLUS. | 36 PP. |
forestry, and agriculture. The Wildlands and Woodlands vision
seeks to preserve and enhance the many ecological, socioeco- PAPER: ISBN 978-1-4507-0603-2 | $5.00X (£3.95 UK) |
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 81
harvard graduate school of design

New Geographies, 3 New Geographies, 4


Urbanisms of Color Scales of the Earth
Edited by Gareth Doherty Edited by El Hadi Jazairy
Color is a ubiquitous yet essential part of the city, creating and The first Apollo images of the Earth produced a perspective
shaping urban form. Who can forget the whites of modernist enabling humanity to act on Earth and its nature as if it con-
Brasilia? The greens of historic Cairo? The rosy reds of Petra? trolled it from “outside.” The recent developments of satellite
The terracottas of South America’s shantytowns? The color technologies have had a significant impact on the modes of rep-
cacophonies of Times Square and Shinjuku? Colors have a pres- resentation as well as the conceptions of geography and space.
ence over and beyond the objects—buildings, spaces, billboards, This new “geography from above”—the home, the city, entire
artifacts, and people—that make up the city. Not only does color territories, the Earth itself, the Moon, Mars, and beyond—rede-
give meaning to cities, cities give meaning to color. Whether fine our environment, subjectivities, and practices. With such
carefully coordinated, clashing, or an expression of materials, tools at hand, architects conceive of the geographic as a possible
color is a powerful cultural, economic, and political force in scale, site of intervention, and design approach.
cities. Yet discussions on the city do not usually focus much on The scale of vision, viewpoint, and qualification of space
color, perhaps because urban colors are too often understood as made possible by satellite imagery reframes contemporary
being beyond any one authority or taste, or are simply dismissed debates on design, agency, and territory. Volume 4 of New Geog-
as cosmetic, naïve, or intangible. Volume 3 of New Geographies raphies features articles and projects that critically address the
brings together artists and designers, anthropologists, geogra- relationship of space with such modes of representation. What
phers, historians, and philosophers with the aim of challenging are the characteristics of such an integrated elevated vision, and
the status quo and exploring the potency, the interaction, and what geographical knowledge does it bring forth? How is such
the neglected design possibilities of color at the scale of the city. an analytical space to be subsequently interpreted and experi-
enced? What are the cultural, political, and environmental reper-
G A R E T H D O H E R T Y i s a d o c to r a l c a n d i d ate at t h e
cussions of a vision celebrated as objective and universalist?
Har va rd G r a d u ate S c h o o l o f D e s i g n .
What new global issues and debates do such scales of vision
NEW GEOGRAPHIES | raise, and how do such visualizations of the Earth-as-home inter-
SEPTEMBER | 8 X 10 | 70 COLOR ILLUS., 24 HALFTONES | 168 PP. | sect with concerns of ecology and calls for global awareness?
PAPER: ISBN 978-1-934510-26-1 | $20.00X (£14.95 UK) | DESIGN

E L H A D I J A Z A I R Y i s a d o c to r a l c a n d i d ate at the
H a r va rd G r a d u ate S c h o o l o f D e s i g n .

NEW GEOGRAPHIES |
DECEMBER | 8 X 10 | 80 COLOR ILLUS., 22 HALFTONES | 160 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-1-934510-27-8 | $20.00X (£14.95 UK) | DESIGN

82 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s ( gra d u ate s c h o o l o f d e s i gn


harvard university asia center

Ancestral Memory in The Dynamics of


Early China Masters Literature
K. E. Brashier Early Chinese Thought from Confucius to Han Feizi
Wiebke Denecke
Ancestral ritual in early China
was an orchestrated dance The importance of the rich corpus of “Masters Lit-
between what was present erature” that developed in China from the sixth
(the offerings and the living) through the third centuries BCE has long been rec-
and what was absent (the ognized. But just what are these texts? Scholars
ancestors). The interconnec- have overwhelmingly approached them as philoso-
tions among the tangible ele- phy, but these writings have also been studied as lit-
ments of the sacrifice were erature, history, and anthropological, religious, and
overt and almost mechanical, paleographic records. How should we translate
but extending those connec- these texts for our times?
tions to the invisible guests This book explores these questions through
required a medium that was close readings of seven examples of Masters Litera-
itself invisible. Thus in early ture and asks what proponents of a “Chinese philosophy” gained
China, ancestral sacrifice was associated with focused thinking by creating a Chinese equivalent of philosophy and what we
about the ancestors, with a structured mental effort by the might gain by approaching these texts through other disciplines,
living to reach out to the absent forebears and to give them questions, and concerns. What happens when we remove the
shape and existence. Thinking about the ancestors—about those accrued disciplinary and conceptual baggage from the Masters
who had become distant—required active deliberation and med- Texts? What neglected problems, concepts, and strategies come
itation, qualities that had to be nurtured and learned. to light? And can those concepts and strategies help us see the
This study is a history of the early Chinese ancestral cult, history of philosophy in a different light and engender new
particularly its cognitive aspects. Its goals are to excavate the approaches to philosophical and intellectual inquiry? By histori-
cult’s color and vitality and to quell assumptions that it was no cizing the notion of Chinese philosophy, we can, the author con-
more than a simplistic and uninspired exchange of food for tends, answer not only the question of whether there is a
longevity, of prayers for prosperity. Ancestor worship was Chinese philosophy but also the more interesting question of
not, the author contends, merely mechanical and thoughtless. the future of philosophical thought around the world.
Rather, it was an idea system that aroused serious debates about
the nature of postmortem existence, served as the religious back- W I E B K E D E N E C K E i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f A s i a n
bone to Confucianism, and may even have been the forerunner C u l t u re s at B a r n a rd Co l l e g e.
of Daoist and Buddhist meditation practices.
HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 74 | MARCH |
6 X 9 | 325 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05609-1 |
K . E . B R A S H I E R i s P ro fe s s o r o f Re l i g i o n at Re e d $49.95X (£36.95 UK) | LITERATURE / ASIAN STUDIES
College.

HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 72 | JANUARY |


6 X 9 | 6 HALFTONES, 2 LINE ILLUS. | 350 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05607-7 | $49.95X (£36.95 UK) |
HISTORY / ASIAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 83
The Poetics of Manifest in Words,
Sovereignty Written on Paper
On Emperor Taizong of the Tang Dynasty Producing and Circulating Poetry in Tang Dynasty China
Jack W. Chen Christopher M. B. Nugent
Emperor Taizong (r. 626–49) of the Tang is This study aims to engage the tex-
remembered as an exemplary ruler. This study tual realities of medieval literature
addresses that aura of virtuous sovereignty and by shedding light on the material
Taizong’s construction of a reputation for moral lives of poems during the Tang,
rulership through his own literary writings— from their initial oral or written
with particular attention to his poetry. The author highlights the instantiation through their often
relationship between historiography and the literary and rhetor- lengthy and twisted paths of cir-
ical strategies of sovereignty, contending that, for Taizong, and culation. Tang poems exist today
for the concept of sovereignty in general, politics is inextricable in stable written forms assumed
from cultural production. to reflect their creators’ original
The work focuses on Taizong’s literary writings that speak intent. Yet Tang poetic culture
directly to the relationship between cultural form and sovereign was based on hand-copied manu-
power, as well as on the question of how the Tang negotiated scripts and oral performance. We have almost no access to this
dynastic identity through literary stylistics. The author maintains poetry as it was experienced by contemporaries. This is no
that Taizong’s writings may have been self-serving at times, rep- trivial matter, the author argues. If we do not understand how
resenting strategic attempts to control his self-image in the eyes Tang people composed, experienced, and transmitted this
of his court and empire, but that they also become the ideal poetry, we miss something fundamental about the roles of mem-
image to which his self was normatively bound. This is the ory and copying in the circulation of poetry as well as readers’
paradox at the heart of imperial authorship: Taizong dynamic participation in the creation of texts.
was simultaneously the author of his representation We learn something different about poems when we exam-
and was authored by his representation; he was ine them, not as literary works transcending any particular phys-
both subject and object of his writings. ical form, but as objects with distinct physical attributes, visual
and sonic. The attitudes of the Tang audience toward the sta-
J A C K W. C H E N i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f bility of texts matters as well. Understanding Tang poetry
C h i n e s e Po e t r y a n d Th o u g h t at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f
requires acknowledging that Tang literary culture accepted the
C a l i fo r n i a , Lo s A n g e l e s.
conscious revision of these works by authors, readers, and
HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 71 | transmitters.
JANUARY | 6 X 9 | 420 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05608-4 | $55.00X (£40.95 UK) | C H R I S TO P H E R M . B. N U G E N T is Assistant
HISTORY / ASIAN STUDIES
P ro fe s s o r o f C h i n e s e at Wi l l i a m s Co l l e g e.

HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 70 | OCTOBER |


6 X 9 | 1 HALFTONE | 300 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05603-9 |
$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | LITERATURE / ASIAN STUDIES

w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s ( a s i a ce nte r


84
‘Dividing the Realm Songs of
in Order to Govern’ Contentment and
The Spatial Organization of the Song State (960–1276 C E )
Transgression
Ruth Mostern Discharged Officials and Literati
Communities in Sixteenth-Century North
States are inherently and fundamentally geographical. Sover-
China
eignty is based on control of territory. This book uses Song China
to explain how a pre-industrial regime organized itself spatially Tian Yuan Tan
in order to exercise authority. On more than a thousand occa-
sions, the Song court founded, abolished, promoted, demoted, A discharged official in mid-Ming China faced sig-
and reordered jurisdictions in an attempt to maximize the effec- nificant changes in his life. This book explores
tiveness of limited resources in a climate of shifting priorities, to three such officials in the sixteenth century—
placate competing constituencies, and to address military and Wang Jiusi, Kang Hai, and Li Kaixian—who
economic crises. Spatial transformations in the Song field admin- turned to literary endeavors when forced to retire.
istration changed the geography of commerce, taxation, revenue Instead of the formal writing expected of scholar-
accumulation, warfare, foreign relations, and social organiza- officials, however, they chose to engage in the stig-
tion, and even determined the terms matized genre of qu (songs), a collective term for drama and
of debates about imperial power. sanqu. As their efforts reveal, a disappointing end to an offi-
cial career and a physical move away from the center led to
The chronology of tenth-century
their embrace of qu and the pursuit of a marginalized liter-
imperial consolidation, eleventh-cen-
ary genre.
tury political reform, and twelfth-cen-
tury localism traced in this book is a This book also attempts to sketch the largely unknown
familiar one. But by detailing the rela- literary landscape of mid-Ming north China. After their
tionship between the court and local retirements, these three writers became cultural leaders in
administration, this book complicates their native regions. Wang, Kang, and Li are studied here
the received paradigm of Song cen- not as solitary writers but as central figures in the “qu com-
tralization and decentralization. Song munities” that formed around them. Using such communi-
frontier policies formed a coherent ties as the basic unit in the study of qu allows us to see how
imperial approach to administering peripheral regions with inac- sanqu and drama were produced, transmitted, and “used”
cessible resources and limited infrastructure. And the well- among these writers, things less evident when we focus on the
known events of the Song—wars and reforms—were often individual.
responses to long-term spatial and demographic change.
T I A N Y U A N TA N i s Le c t u re r i n Tr a d i t i o n a l C h i n e s e
L i te r at u re a n d C u l t u re at t h e S c h o o l o f O r i e n t a l a n d
R U T H M O S T E R N i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f H i s to r y at
Af r i c a n S t u d i e s, U n i ve r s i t y o f Lo n d o n .
the Universit y o f C a l i fo r n i a , M e rc e d.

HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 75 | NOVEMBER |


HARVARD-YENCHING INSTITUTE MONOGRAPH SERIES 73 | MARCH |
6 X 9 | 325 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05604-6 |
6 X 9 | 8 HALFTONES, 9 LINE ILLUS., 37 MAPS | 420 PP. |
$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | HISTORY / ASIAN STUDIES
ISBN 978-0-674-05602-2 | $55.00X (£40.95 UK) |
HISTORY / ASIAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s ( a s i a ce nter 85
Seeing Stars Sailor Diplomat
Sports Celebrity, Identity, and Body Culture in Nomura Kichisaburō and the Japanese-American War
Modern Japan
Peter Mauch
Dennis J. Frost
As Japan’s pre–Pearl Harbor
In Seeing Stars, Dennis J. Frost traces the emer- ambassador to the United States,
gence and evolution of sports celebrity in Japan Admiral Nomura Kichisaburo
from the seventeenth through the twenty-first (1877–1964) played a signifi-
centuries. Frost explores how various con- cant role in a tense and turbu-
stituencies have repeatedly molded and deployed lent period in Japanese-U.S.
representations of individual athletes, revealing relations. Scholars tend to view
that sports stars are socially constructed phe- his actions and missteps as
nomena, the products of both particular historical ambassador as representing the
moments and broader discourses of celebrity. failure of diplomacy to avert the
Drawing from media coverage, biographies, outbreak of hostilities between
literary works, athletes’ memoirs, bureaucratic the two paramount Pacific powers.
memoranda, interviews, and films, Frost argues This extensively researched biography casts new light on
that the largely unquestioned mass of informa- the life and career of this important figure. Connecting his expe-
tion about sports stars not only reflects, but also shapes society riences as a naval officer to his service as foreign minister and
and body culture. He examines the lives and times of star ath- ambassador, and later as “father” of Japan’s Maritime Self
letes—including sumo grand champion Hitachiyama, female Defense Forces and proponent of the U.S.-Japanese alliance, this
Olympic medalist Hitomi Kinue, legendary pitcher Sawamura study reassesses Nomura’s contributions as a hard-nosed realist
Eiji, and world champion boxer Gushiken Yoko —demonstrat- whose grasp of the underlying realities of Japanese-U.S. relations
ing how representations of such sports stars mediated Japan’s went largely unappreciated by the Japanese political and mili-
emergence into the putatively universal realm of sports, unset- tary establishment.
tled orthodox notions of gender, facilitated wartime mobiliza- In highlighting the complexities and conundrums of
tion of physically fit men and women, and masked lingering Nomura’s position, as well as the role of the Imperial Navy in the
inequalities in postwar Japanese society. formulation of Japan’s foreign policy, Peter Mauch draws upon
As the first critical examination of the history of sports rarely accessed materials from naval and diplomatic archives in
celebrity outside a Euro-American context, this book also sheds Japan as well as various collections of personal papers, including
new light on the transnational forces at play in the production Nomura’s, which Mauch discovered in 2005 and which are
and impact of celebrity images and dispels misconceptions that now housed in the National Diet Library.
sports stars in the non-West are mere imitations of their Western
counterparts. P E T E R M A U C H i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f
I n te r n at i o n a l H i s to r y at R i t s u m e i k a n U n i ve r s i t y.
D E N N I S J . F R O S T i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f H i s to r y
HARVARD EAST ASIAN MONOGRAPHS 333 | DECEMBER | 6 X 9 |
24 HALFTONES | 400 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05599-5 |
at X av i e r U n i ve r s i t y.
$45.00X (£33.95 UK) | BIOGRAPHY / ASIAN STUDIES
HARVARD EAST ASIAN MONOGRAPHS 331 | OCTOBER | 6 X 9 |
37 HALFTONES | 350 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05610-7 |
$49.95X (£36.95 UK) HISTORY / SPORTS

86 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s ( a s i a ce nte r


A Place in Public Technology of Empire
Women’s Rights in Meiji Japan Telecommunications and Japanese
Expansion in Asia, 1883–1945
Marnie S. Anderson
Daqing Yang
This book addresses how gender became a defining category in
the political and social modernization of Japan. During the early Nearly half a century ago, the economic histo-
decades of the Meiji period (1868–1912), the Japanese encoun- rian Harold Innis pointed out that the geo-
tered an idea with great currency in the West: that the social graphical limits of empires were determined by
position of women reflected a country’s level of civilization. communications and that, historically, advances
Although elites initiated dialogue out of concern for their coun- in the technologies of transport and communi-
try’s reputation internationally, the conversation soon moved to cations have enabled empires to grow. This
a new public sphere where individuals engaged in a wide-rang- power of communications was demonstrated
ing debate about women’s roles and rights. when Japanese Emperor Hirohito’s radio speech
By examining these debates throughout the 1870s and announcing Japan’s surrender and the dissolu-
1880s, Marnie S. Anderson argues that shifts in the gender sys- tion of its empire was broadcast simultaneously throughout not
tem led to contradictory consequences for women. On the one only the Japanese home islands but also all the territories under
hand, as gender displaced sta- its control over the telecommunications system that had, in
tus as the primary system of part, made that empire possible.
social and legal classification, In the extension of the Japanese empire in the 1930s and
women gained access to the 1940s, technology, geo-strategy, and institutions were closely
language of rights and the intertwined in empire building. The central argument of this
chance to represent them- study of the development of a communications network link-
selves in public and play a lim- ing the far-flung parts of the Japanese imperium is that modern
ited political role; on the telecommunications not only served to connect these territo-
other, the modern Japanese ries but, more important, made it possible for the Japanese to
state permitted women’s polit- envision an integrated empire in Asia. Even as the imperial
ical participation only as an communications network served to foster integration and
expression of their “citizen- strengthened Japanese leadership and control, its creation and
ship through the household” operation exacerbated long-standing tensions and created new
and codified their formal conflicts within the government, the military, and society in
exclusion from the political general.
process through a series of laws enacted in 1890. This book
shows how “a woman’s place” in late-nineteenth-century Japan D A Q I N G YA N G is Associate Professor of History and
International Affairs at George Washington University.
was characterized by contradictions and unexpected conse-
HARVARD EAST ASIAN MONOGRAPHS 219 | SEPTEMBER | 6 X 9 |
quences, by new opportunities and new constraints.
8 HALFTONES, 10 LINE ILLUS., 5 MAPS | 575 PP. |
M A R N I E S . A N D E R S O N i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f ISBN 978-0-674-01091-8 | $59.95X (£44.95 UK) |
ASIAN STUDIES / HISTORY
Histor y at S mi t h Co l l e g e.

HARVARD EAST ASIAN MONOGRAPHS 332 | NOVEMBER |


6 X 9 | 300 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05605-3 | $45.00X (£33.95 UK) |
HISTORY / ASIAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s ( a s i a ce nter 87
Lori Watt analyzes how the human remnants of empire,
When Empire those who were moved and those who were left behind, served
Comes Home as sites of negotiation in the process of the jettisoning of the colo-
nial project and in the creation of new national identities in
Repatriation and Reintegration in Postwar Japan Japan. Through an exploration of the creation and uses of the
Lori Watt figure of the repatriate, in political, social, and cultural realms,
this study addresses the question of what happens when empire
Following the end of World War II in Asia, the comes home.
Allied powers repatriated over six million Japanese
nationals from colonies and battlefields throughout L O R I WAT T i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f H i s to r y at
Asia and deported more than a million colonial sub- Wa s h i n g to n U n i ve r s i t y i n S t. Lo u i s.

HARVARD EAST ASIAN MONOGRAPHS 317 |


jects from Japan to their countries of origin.
Depicted at the time as a postwar measure related to the CLOTH: AUGUST 2009 | 978-0-674-03342-9 |
OCTOBER | 6 X 9 | 1 HALFTONE, 3 MAPS, 4 TABLES | 275 PP. |
demobilization of defeated Japanese soldiers, this population PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05598-8 | $24.95X (£18.95 UK) |
transfer was a central element in the human dismantling of the ASIAN STUDIES

Japanese empire that resonates with other post-colonial and post-


imperial migrations in the twentieth century.

peabody museum press

as performer and as performative utterance” by Marie Gasper-


RES Hulvat; “Image and site” by Jas’ Elsner; “Untimely objects” by
Anthropology and Aesthetics, 57/58 Ara H. Merjian; “Max Ernst in Arizona” by Samantha Kavky;
Spring/Autumn 2010 “Form as revolt” by Sebastian Zeidler; “Embodiments and art
beliefs” by Filippo Fimiani; “The theft of the goddess Amba Mata”
Edited by Francesco Pellizzi by Deborah Stein; and contributions to “Lectures, Documents
and Discussions” by Gottfried Semper, Spyros Papapetros, Erwin
This double volume of the renowned interna-
Panofsky, Megan R. Luke, Francesco Paolo Adorno, and Remo
tional journal of anthropology and comparative
Guidieri.
aesthetics includes “Aesthetics’ non-recyclable
ground” by Félix Duque; “Seeing through dead F R A N C E S C O P E L L I Z Z I i s A s s o c i ate o f M i d d l e
eyes” by Jonathan Hay; “The hidden aesthetic A m e r i c a n E t h n o l o g y at t h e Pe a b o d y M u s e u m o f
of red in the painted tombs of Oaxaca” by Diana Magaloni; “A A rc h a e o l o g y a n d E t h n o l o g y, H a r va rd U n i ve r s i t y.
consideration of the quatrefoil motif in Preclassic Mesoamerica”
by Julia Guernsey; “Hunters, Sufis, soldiers, and minstrels” by PEABODY MUSEUM | JANUARY | 8 3⁄8 X 10 3⁄4 | 200 HALFTONES |
360 PP. | PAPER: ISBN 978-0-87365-861-4 | $50.00X (£37.95 UK) |
Cynthia Becker; “Figures fidjiennes” by Marc Rochette; “A ANTHROPOLOGY / ART
sacred landscape” by Rachel Kousser; “Military architecture as a
G iorgio de Chirico, “M etaphysic al Comp osition with Toys,” cour tesy the
political tool in the Renaissance” by Francesco Benelli; “The icon M enil Collec tion, Houston.

88 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Moche of The Copan
Ancient Peru Sculpture
Media and Messages
Museum
Jeffrey Quilter Ancient Maya Artistry in Stucco and Stone
Peru’s ancient Moche culture is Barbara W. Fash
represented in a magnificent col-
lection of artifacts at Harvard’s The Copan Sculpture Museum in western
Peabody Museum. In this richly Honduras features the extraordinary stone
illustrated volume, Jeffrey Quilter carvings of the ancient Maya city known
presents a fascinating introduction as Copan. The city’s sculptors produced some of the finest
to this intriguing culture and and most animated buildings and temples in the Maya
explores current thinking about area, in addition to stunning monolithic statues and altars.
Moche politics, history, society, The ruins of Copan were named a UNESCO World Her-
and religion. itage site in 1980, and more than 150,000 tourists visit the
ancient city each year.
Quilter utilizes the Peabody’s collection as a means to
investigate how the Moche used various media, particularly Opened in 1996, the Copan Sculpture Museum was ini-
ceramics, to convey messages about their lives and beliefs. His tiated as an international collaboration to preserve Copan’s
presentation provides a critical examination and rethinking of original stone monuments. Its exhibits represent the best-
many of the commonly held interpretations of Moche artifacts known examples of building façades and sculptural achieve-
and their imagery, raising important issues of art production and ments from the ancient kingdom of Copan.
its role in ancient and modern societies. In this book, Barbara Fash—one of the principal cre-
The most up-to-date monograph available on the Moche— ators of the museum—tells the inside story of conceiving,
and the first extensive discussion of the Peabody Museum’s col- designing, and building a local museum with global sig-
lection of Moche ceramics—this volume provides an nificance. Along with numerous illustrations and
introduction for the general reader and contributes to ongoing detailed archaeological context for each exhibit in
scholarly discussions. Quilter’s fresh reading of Moche visual the museum, the book provides a comprehensive
imagery raises new questions about introduction to the history and culture of the
the art and culture of ancient Peru. ancient Maya and a model for working with local
communities to preserve cultural heritage.
J E F F R E Y Q U I LT E R i s D e p u t y
D i re c to r o f t h e Pe a b o d y M u s e u m B A R B A R A W. FA S H i s D i re c to r o f t h e Co r p u s
o f A rc h a e o l o g y a n d E t h n o l o g y, o f M aya H i e ro g l y p h i c I n s c r i p t i o n s, Pe a b o d y
H a r va rd U n i ve r s i t y. M u s e u m o f A rc h a e o l o g y a n d E t h n o l o g y, H a r va rd
U n i ve r s i t y.
PEABODY MUSEUM COLLECTIONS SERIES
JANUARY | 8 X 8 1⁄2 | PEABODY MUSEUM AND DAVID ROCKEFELLER CENTER FOR LATIN
70 COLOR ILLUS., AMERICAN STUDIES | DECEMBER | 7 X 9 |
15 HALFTONES | 128 PP. | 200 COLOR AND BLACK & WHITE ILLUS. | 216 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-87365-406-7 | PAPER: ISBN 978-0-87365-858-4 | $35.00X / OLACAR (£25.95 UK) |
$21.95X (£16.95 UK) | ARCHAEOLOGY / ARCHAEOLOGY / LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES
LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 89
center for hellenic studies

Kleos in a Minor Key The Master of Signs


The Homeric Education of a Little Prince Signs and the Interpretation of Signs in
Herodotus’ Histories
J. C. B. Petropoulos
Alexander Hollmann
As scholars have remarked, the word kleos in the Iliad
and the Odyssey alike refers to something more sub- Readers of Herodotus’s Histories
stantive and complex than “fame” or “glory.” Kleos dis- are familiar with its reports of
tinctly supposes an oral narrative—principally an “oral bizarre portents, riddling ora-
history,” a “life story” or ultimately an “oral tradition.” cles, and striking dreams. But
When broken down into its twin constituents, “words” Herodotus draws our attention
and “actions” or “deeds,” a hero’s kleos serves to define to other types of signs too,
him as a fully gendered social being. This book is a med- beginning with human speech
itation on this concept as expressed and experienced in itself as a coded system that can
the adult society Telemachos manipulate and be manipulated.
find himself in. Kleos is the Objects, gifts, artifacts, mark-
yardstick by which his psycho- ings, even the human body, are
logical change was appreciated all capable of being invested
by Homer’s audiences. As this with meaning in the Histories
book shows through philologi- and Herodotus shows that con-
cal and interdisciplinary analy- ventionally and culturally deter-
sis, Prince Telemachos grows up mined actions, gestures, and
in the course of the Telemachy and ritual all need decoding. This book represents an unprecedented
arguably even beyond (in book 24): his examination of signs and their interpreters, as well as the ter-
education, which is conceived largely as minology Herodotus uses to describe sign transmission, recep-
an apprenticeship on land and sea, tion, and decoding. Through his control and involvement in this
admits him gradually if unevenly to a process he emerges as a veritable “master of signs.”
full-fledged adult kleos—a kleos that
nonetheless necessarily remains minor in A L E X A N D E R H O L L M A N N i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s sor of
t h e C l a s s i c s at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f Wa s h i n g to n .
comparison to that of his father and
HELLENIC STUDIES 48 | MARCH | 6 X 9 | 320 PP. |
other elders.
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05588-9 | $27.50X (£20.95 UK) | CLASSICS
J . C . B . P E T R O P O U L O S i s P ro fe s s o r o f A n c i e n t
Gree k L i te r at u re, D e p a r t m e n t o f G re e k P h i l o l o g y,
Dem o c r i te a n U n i ve r s i t y o f Th r a c e, a n d S e n i o r Fe l l ow
and C h a i r m a n o f t h e B o a rd o f t h e Ce n te r fo r He l l e n i c
S tud i e s i n G re e c e.

HELLENIC STUDIES 45 | MARCH | 6 X 9 |


1 HALFTONE, 1 LINE ILLUS. | 230 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05592-6 | $24.95X (£18.95 UK) | CLASSICS

90 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
The Epic Rhapsode Plato’s Counterfeit
and His Craft Sophists
Homeric Performance in a Diachronic Perspective Håkan Tell
Jose Gonzalez
This book explores the place of
The Epic Rhapsode and His Craft studies Homeric performance the sophists within the Greek wis-
from archaic to Roman imperial times. It argues that oracular dom tradition, and argues against
utterance, dramatic acting, and rhetorical delivery powerfully their almost universal exclusion
elucidate the practice of epic rhapsodes. Attention to the ways from serious intellectual tradi-
in which these performance domains informed each other over tions. By studying the sophists
time reveals a shifting dynamic of competition and emulation against the backdrop of the
among rhapsodes, actors, and orators that shaped their texts and archaic Greek institutions of wis-
their crafts. A diachronic analysis of this web of influences illu- dom, it is possible to detect con-
minates fundamental siderable intellectual overlap
aspects of Homeric between them and their prede-
poetry: its inspiration cessors. This book explores the
and composition, the continuity of this tradition, sug-
notional fixity of its gesting that the sophists’ intellec-
poetic tradition, and tual balkanization in modern
the performance-dri- scholarship, particularly their low
ven textual fixation standing in comparison to the
and writing of the Presocratics, Platonists, and Aris-
Homeric poems. It also totelians, is a direct result of Plato’s condemnation of them and
shows that rhapsodic their practices. This book thus seeks to offer a revised history of
practice is best under- the development of Greek philosophy, as well as of the poten-
stood as an evolving tial—yet never realized—courses it might have followed.
combination of revela-
H Å K A N T E L L i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f C l a s s i c s at
tion, interpretation,
D a r t m o u t h Co l l e g e.
recitation, and dra-
matic delivery. HELLENIC STUDIES 44 | MARCH | 6 X 9 | 285 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05591-9 | $24.95X (£18.95 UK) | CLASSICS
J O S E G O N Z A L E Z i s A s s i s t a n t P ro fe s s o r o f C l a s s i c a l
S tudies at D uke U n i ve r s i t y.

HELLENIC STUDIES 47 | MARCH | 6 X 9 | 350 PP. |


PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05589-6 | $27.50X (£20.95 UK) | CLASSICS

w w w.hup.har va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s ( ce nte r fo r h e l l e n i c s t u d ies 91


center for the study of world religions

world, how they are illuminated or are challenged by issues of


Ecologies of distributive justice, poverty and economic inequality, global
Human health, and environmental sustainability. With contributors rang-
ing from ecoactivist Bill McKibben and medical anthropologist
Flourishing Arthur Kleinman to transformative theologian Sallie McFague
and Malaysian critic of global injustice Chandra Muzzafar, the
Edited by Donald K. Swearer book provides ethical and religious aspirations to remake the
world in the midst of the contradictions, injustices, and prob-
Prominent Buddhist scholar Donald Swearer
lems of our daily lives and today’s global crises.
posits that the future requires a radical shift
toward living in recognition of the interdepen- D O N A L D K . S W E A R E R i s D i s t i n g u i s h e d Vi s i t ing
dence of all life forms and the consequent ethic of P ro fe s s o r o f B u d d h i s t S t u d i e s a n d D i re c to r o f t h e
communality and a lifestyle of moderation or “enoughness” that Ce n te r fo r t h e S t u d y o f Wo r l d Re l i g i o n s at H a r vard
flows from that recognition, which he calls “an ecology of D i v i n i t y S c h o o l.
human flourishing.” In this volume, Swearer has assembled
RELIGIONS OF THE WORLD AND ECOLOGY |
DECEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄2 | 2 HALFTONES | 200 PP. |
world-class thinkers to explore and imagine several dimensions
of an ecology of human flourishing: economic, sociological, reli- PAPER: ISBN 978-0-945454-45-8 | $23.95X (£17.95 UK) | RELIGION

gious, ethical, environmental, historical, and literary. The essays


address how notions of human flourishing, quality of life, and
common good have been constructed and, in the contemporary
T H E H A R V A R D E A R LY M O D E R N AND
MODERN GREEK LIBRARY
harvard classics department i s a p i o n e e r i n g f a c i n g - p a g e t ra n s l at i o n
s e r i e s o f fe r i n g re a d a b l e m o d e r n E n g l i s h
t ra n s l at i o n s o f e s s e nt i a l G re e k l i te rat u re
Poems to b o t h s c h o l a r s a n d g e n e ra l re a d e r s b a s e d
The Canon o n c u r re nt re s e a rc h by l e a d i n g s c h o l a r s
i n t h e f i e l d.
Constantine Cavafy
Translated by John Chioles

C. P. Cavafy (Konstantinos Petrou Kavafis) is one iambic verse. Based on a fifty-year continuous scholarly and lit-
of the most important Greek poets since antiquity. erary interaction with Cavafy’s poetry and its Greek and western
He was born, lived, and died in Alexandria European intertexts, this edition by John Chioles provides an
(1863–1933), with brief periods spent in Eng- exceptionally nuanced and the most authoritative translation of
land, Constantinople, and Athens. Cavafy set in the complex linguistic registers of Cavafy’s canon into English.
motion the most powerful modernism in early
twentieth-century European poetry, exhibiting intriguing truths J O H N C H I O L E S i s P ro fe s s o r o f Co m p a r at i ve
about eroticism, history, and philosophy—an inscrutable tri- L i te r at u re at New Yo r k U n i ve r s i t y.

HARVARD EARLY MODERN AND MODERN GREEK LIBRARY 1 |


umvirate that informs the Greek language and culture in all their
diachrony. The Cavafy canon plays with the complexities of DECEMBER | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 420 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05326-7 |
$29.95X (£22.95 UK) | POETRY
ironic Socratic thought, suffused with the honesty of unadorned

92 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Kleanthes and The Shackles of
Habrokome Modernity
Konstantinos Manos Women, Property, and the Transition from the Ottoman
Empire to the Greek State, 1750–1850
Translated and with an Introduction and
Notes by Panagiotis Roilos Evdoxios Doxiadis

Kleanthes and Habrokome by Konstantinos This book explores the relationship


Manos, a Phanariot Greek high officer in between women and property in the
late-eighteenth/early-nineteenth-century Greek lands and their broader social
Romania, is an important landmark in the position in the century that culmi-
reception of ancient Greek novel and pas- nated with the establishment of the
toral literature in modern Europe. Albeit national Greek state (1750–1850).
neglected by modern scholarship, this work Doxiadis focuses on the status and
was exceptionally popular among the literati rights of Greek women in the later
of the Greek diaspora at the beginning of the Ottoman period, the decade-long
nineteenth century. First published in 1801 Greek War of Independence, and the
and reprinted twice within ten years, Klean- first decades of the Greek state, seek-
thes and Habrokome was one of the most ing to reveal the impact that the pur-
successful literary contributions to the dis- suit of modernization by the early Greek
course of continuity within the Greek culture developed during governments had on women. Through the systematic examina-
the Enlightenment. As Roilos shows, the appearance of Manos’s tion of numerous legal documents in notarial archives from four
work three years before the monumental edition of Heliodoros’s distinct regions (Naxos, Mykonos, Athens, and Leonidio), the
Ethiopian Story (1804) by Adamantios Koraes (the most emi- position of women in Greek societies of the period is illuminated
nent figure of the Greek Enlightenment) marked a crucial in all its complexity and regional diversity. Special emphasis is
moment in the dialogue of nineteenth-century Greeks with their placed on women’s ability in some areas to defend their property
ancient literary heritage. Roilos brings to light this significant but rights and be active economic agents. Although the Greek rev-
forgotten work of Greek literature and offers the first systematic olutionaries and the Greek state did not curtail the rights of
analysis of its position within its broader cultural context as well women with respect to property, the very institutions that were
as of its relation to ancient Greek and synchronic European inter- fundamental in the creation of the Greek state transformed the
texts. established relationship between women and property. Doxiadis
shows that modernization proved to be an oppressive force for
PA N A G I O T I S R O I L O S i s P ro fe s s o r o f M o d e r n G re e k Greek women—though in a much more clandestine fashion
S tudies and of Co m p a r at i ve L i te r at u re at H a r va rd than perhaps expected in other European states.
Universit y.
E V D O X I O S D O X I A D I S i s Le c t u re r at t h e
HARVARD EARLY MODERN AND MODERN GREEK LIBRARY 2 | I n te r n at i o n a l Ce n te r fo r He l l e n i c a n d M e d i te r r a n e a n
MARCH | 5 1⁄4 X 8 | 220 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05594-0 |
$35.00X / (£25.95 UK) | CLASSICS
S t u d i e s, At h e n s.

CULTURAL POLITICS, SOCIOAESTHETICS, BEGINNINGS |


MARCH | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄2 | 32 TABLES | 380 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05593-3 | $55.00X (£40.95 UK) | HISTORY

w w w.hup. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s ( d e p a r t m e nt o f c l a s sics 93


david rockefeller center for latin american studies

How Democracy Building Cities


Works Neighborhood Upgrading and Urban Quality of Life

Political Institutions, Actors, and Arenas in Latin Edited by Eduardo Rojas


American Policymaking
This volume provides a synthesis of the lessons learned and chal-
Edited by Carlos Scartascini, lenges confronted in implementing neighborhood improvement
Ernesto Stein, and programs, based on the practical experiences of designing, imple-
menting, and evaluating these types of programs in the Latin
Mariano Tommasi American and Caribbean (LAC) region. The book provides a
wide panorama of the most complex problems that the cities of
In the past thirty years, democratic freedom and competitive
the LAC region currently face and shows—with examples of
electoral processes have taken hold as never before in Latin
projects under execution—that it is possible to solve them
America. This book zeroes in on the intricate workings of dem-
through the expansion of the scale of interventions. The volume
ocratic institutions (such as political party systems and the leg-
is structured in seven thematic chapters that present the “state
islature), the actors who participate in democratic systems (such
of the art” on the knowledge and challenges in each theme. The
as governors, judges, bureaucrats, and other members of civil
book is of interest to policymakers, government officials, practi-
society), and the arenas in which political and policy interac-
tioners, and scholars working in this field in the LAC region and
tions take place (which may be formal, such as the legislature,
around the world.
or informal). The focus is on how those institutions, actors, and
arenas affect the policymaking processes of Latin American E D U A R D O R O J A S i s P r i n c i p a l U r b a n D eve l o p ment
countries for better or worse. In its scope and complexity, the S p e c i a l i s t at t h e I n te r -A m e r i c a n D eve l o p m e n t B ank.
volume moves well beyond stylized views of the political sys-
tems in Latin America. DAVID ROCKEFELLER CENTER FOR LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES /INTER-
AMERICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK | SEPTEMBER | 7 1⁄2 X 9 |
52 HALFTONES, 16 FIGURES, 21 TABLES, 7 MAPS | 250 PP. |
C A R L O S S C A R TA S C I N I i s S e n i o r Ec o n o m i s t i n t h e PAPER: ISBN 978-1-59782-108-7 | $34.95X (£25.95 UK) |
Rese a rc h D e p a r t m e n t, I n te r -A m e r i c a n D eve l o p m e n t URBAN DESIGN / LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

Bank , U S A . E R N E S T O S T E I N i s Re g i o n a l Ec o n o m i c
Ad vi s o r, Co u n t r y D e p a r t m e n t Ce n t r a l A m e r i c a ,
Mexi c o, Pa n a m a , a n d D o m i n i c a n Re p u b l i c , I n te r -
Ame r i c a n D eve l o p m e n t B a n k , U S A . M A R I A N O
TO M M A S I is Chairman of the Department of
Econ o m i c s, U n i ve r s i d a d d e S a n A n d ré s, A rg e n t i n a .

DAVID ROCKEFELLER CENTER FOR LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES/INTER-


AMERICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK | SEPTEMBER | 6 X 9 |
28 FIGURES, 29 TABLES | 350 PP. | PAPER: ISBN 978-1-59782-109-4 |
$29.95X / (£22.95 UK) | POLITICS / LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES

94 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
Portraits of an
Invisible Country
The Photographs of Jorge Mario Múnera
Edited by José Luis Falconi
In May 2003, Jorge Mario Múnera won the Latino and Latin American Art Forum
Prize, which entitled him to produce and present an exhibit at the David Rocke-
feller Center for Latin American Studies at Harvard University. By this time, Mún-
era had already produced an important body of work, presenting even the farthest
corners of his native Colombia through his photographs of people and their way of life. This volume, which bears the name of the
exhibit that he presented at Harvard in 2004, marks the culmination of a five-year project between the photographer and the cura-
tor of the show, José Luis Falconi.
Renowned in his home country for being one of the most prolific and influential photographers of his generation, Jorge Mario
Múnera was the first recipient of the National Photography Award in Colombia in 1998. Since then, numerous international recog-
nitions have followed, chief among them, his appointment to the Andrés Bello Chair of the King Juan Carlos Center at New York
University.
Portraits of an Invisible Country is comprised of a booklet of essays by leading authorities in the field and a series of sixteen photo
posters that showcase the photographer’s travels within Colombia and his careful depiction of his countrymen.

J O S É L U I S FA L C O N I i s A r t Fo r u m C u r ato r at t h e D av i d Ro c ke fe l l e r Ce n te r fo r L at i n A m e r i c a n S t u d i e s,
Har vard Univer s i t y.

LATIN AMERICAN AND LATINO ART FORUM 1 | SEPTEMBER | 16 DETACHABLE POSTERS WITH BLACK & WHITE ILLUS. | 52 PP. |
ISBN 978-0-674-05586-5 | $26.00X (£19.95 UK) | ART

houghton library of the harvard college library

Johnson After Three Centuries


New Light on Texts and Contexts
Edited by Thomas A. Horrocks and Howard D. Weinbrot
Johnson After Three Centuries: New Light on Texts and Contexts examines several aspects of Samuel
Johnson’s career through fresh perspectives and original interpretations by some of the best-known
and widely respected scholars of our time. Included are essays by James Basker, James Engell, Nicholas
Hudson, Jack Lynch, and Allen Reddick.

T H O M A S A . H O R R O C K S i s A s s o c i ate L i b r a r i a n fo r Co l l e c t i o n s, Ho u g h to n L i b r a r y o f H a r va rd
U n i ve r s i t y. H O WA R D D . W E I N B R O T i s P ro fe s s o r o f E n g l i s h at t h e U n i ve r s i t y o f Wi s c o n s i n , M a d i s o n .

SEPTEMBER | 6 X 9 | 10 HALFTONES | 150 PP. | ISBN 978-0-9818858-4-1 | $30.00X (£22.95 UK) | LITERATURE

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 95
department of celtic languages and literatures

Proceedings of the Proceedings of the


Harvard Celtic Harvard Celtic
Colloquium, 28: 2008 Colloquium, 29: 2009
Edited by Kassandra Conley, Edited by Kassandra Conley,
Edyta Lehmann-Shriver, and Erin Boon, Margaret Harrison,
Sarah Zeiser and Elizabeth Moore
This volume includes: “The Influence of 19th century Antholo- This volume includes “Nations in Tune: the Influence of Irish
gies of Celtic Music in Redefining Celtic Nationalism” by Gra- music on the Breton Musical Record” by Yann Bevant; “Ethnic-
ham Aubrey; “A Reactionary Dimension in Progressive ity, Geography, and the Passage of Dominion in the Mabinogi
Revolutionary Theories?” by Olivier Coquelin; “The Spiteful and Brut Y Brenhinedd” by Christina Chance; “Rejecting
Tongue: Breton Song Practices and the Art of the Insult” by Mother’s Blessing: the Absence of the Fairy in the Welsh Search
Natalie Franz; “Celtic Democracy” by D. Blair Gibson; “Pen- for National Identity” by Adam Coward; “Gwalarn: An Attempt
dragon’s Ancestors” by Natalie Ginoux; “When Historians Study to Renew Breton literature” by Gwendal Denez; “At the Cross-
Breton Oral Ballads: A Cultural Approach” by Eva Guillorel; roads: World War One and the Shifting Roles of Men and
“The British Tristan Tradition” by Sabine Heinz; “Time and the Women in Breton Ballad Song Practice” by Natalie Franz;
Translation of the Breton Laws” by Heather Laird; “Judas, His “Apocryphal Sanctity in the Lives of Irish Saints” by Maire John-
Sister, and the Miraculous Cock in the Middle Irish poem Críst son; “‘An Dialog wtre Arzur Roe d’an Bretounet ha Guynglaff’
ro crochadh” by Christopher Leydon; “Se principen nominat : and Its Connections with the Arthurian tradition” by Herve Le
Rhetorical Self-Fashioning and Epis- Bihan; “A Walk on the Wild Side: Women, Men and Madness”
tolary Style in the Letters of Owain by Edyta Lehmann; “The Early Establishment of Celtic Studies
Gwynedd” by Patricia Malone; and in North American Universities” by Michael Linkletter; “‘The
K A S S A N D R A C O N L E Y, “Abduction, Swordplay, Monsters Marshalled Fence of Battle of All the Men of Earth’: A Reading
ERIN BOON, MARGARET and Mistrust: Findabair, Gwen- of Cú Chulainn’s First Recension ríastrad” by Elizabeth Moore;
HARRISON, ELIZABETH hwyfa and the Restoration of Hon- “Dreams of Medieval Scottish Nationhood: The Epic Case of
M O O R E , E D Y TA our” by Sharon Paice MacLeod. William Wallace” by Kylie Murray; “‘Some of You Will Curse
LEHMANN-SHRIVER, Her’: Women’s Fiction During the Irish-language Revival” by
PROCEEDINGS OF THE HARVARD CELTIC Riona Nic Congail; “Dating Peredur: New Light on Old Prob-
A N D S A R A H Z E I S E R are COLLOQUIUM 28 |
Ph.D. candidates in Celtic DECEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | lems” by Natalia I. Petrovskaia; “‘From the Shame You Have
19 HALFTONES | 224 PP. | Done’ : Comparing the stories of Blodeuedd and Bláthnait” by
Languages and Literatures ISBN 978-0-674-05596-4 |
at Harvard University. $32.95X (£24.95 UK) | LITERATURE Sarah Pfannenschmidt; “‘And There was a Fourth son Llefelys’:
Narrative Structure and Variation in Cyfranc Lludd a Llefelys” by
Kelly Ann Randell; and “Fabricating Celts: How Iron Age Iberi-
ans became Indo-Europeanized during the Franco Regime” by
Aaron Alzola Romero and Eduardo Sanchez-Moreno.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE HARVARD CELTIC COLLOQUIUM 29 |


MARCH | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 272 PP. | ISBN 978-0-674-05595-7 |
$32.95X (£24.95 UK) | LITERATURE

96 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
paperbacks

My Dearest Friend
Letters of Abigail and John Adams
Edited by Margaret A. Hogan
and C. James Taylor
Foreword by Joseph J. Ellis

In 1762, John Adams penned a flirtatious note to “Miss Adorable,” the seventeen-year-
old Abigail Smith. In 1801, Abigail wrote to wish her husband John a safe journey as he
headed home to Quincy after serving as president of the nation he helped create. The
letters that span these nearly forty years form the most signifi-
cant correspondence—and reveal one of the most intriguing and
inspiring partnerships—in American history.
MARGARET A.
“B ECAUSE J OHN A DAMS ’ S WORK AS A CRITICAL PLAYER IN THE WAR H O G A N is
OF I NDEPENDENCE FREQUENTLY TOOK HIM AWAY FROM HOME , HIS Managing Editor of
CORRESPONDENCE WITH A BIGAIL ( SOME 1,160 LETTERS BETWEEN the Adams Papers
THEM HAVE SURVIVED ) PROVIDES A WONDERFULLY VIVID ACCOUNT OF at the Massachusetts Historical
THE MOMENTOUS ERA THEY LIVED THROUGH , UNDERSCORING THE
Society. C . J A M E S TAY L O R is
CHAOTIC , OFTEN IMPROVISATORY CIRCUMSTANCES THAT ATTENDED THE
Editor in Chief of the Adams
BIRTH OF THE FLEDGLING NATION AND THE HARDSHIPS OF DAILY LIFE .”
Papers at the Massachusetts
—M ICHIKO K AKUTANI , N EW YORK T IMES
Historical Society.
“T HE LETTERS REVEAL THE MAKING OF THE A MERICAN NATION , IN ALL
ITS CHAOS AND PASSION , FROM THE INSIDE …T HE A DAMSES ’ LETTERS
ARE SO ENJOYABLE BECAUSE THEY OFFER A WONDERFUL BREADTH OF
TOPICS , BREATHLESSLY JUMPING BETWEEN FLIRTATIOUS TEASING ,
GOSSIP ABOUT FRIENDS AND FAMILY, AND PHILOSOPHICAL AND
POLITICAL ARGUMENT.”

—A NDREA W ULF, T HE G UARDIAN

BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: OCTOBER 2007 / ISBN 978-0-674-02606-3 |


NOVEMBER | 6 3⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 19 COLOR ILLUS., 9 HALFTONES | 528 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05705-0 | $19.95 (£14.95 UK) |
BIOGRAPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 97
Galileo Goes to Jail Healing Spaces
And Other Myths about Science and Religion The Science of Place and Well-Being
Edited by Ronald L. Numbers Esther M. Sternberg, M.D.
A C HOICE O UTSTANDING A CADEMIC B OOK Does the world make you sick? If the distractions and distor-
The picture of science and religion at each tions around you, the jarring colors and sounds, could shake up
other’s throats persists in mainstream media the healing chemistry of your mind, might your surroundings
and scholarly journals, but each chapter in also have the power to heal you? This is the question Esther
Galileo Goes to Jail shows how much we Sternberg explores in Healing Spaces, a look at the marvelously
have to gain by seeing beyond the myths. rich nexus of mind and body, perception and place.

“T HE AUTHORS NECESSARILY SPEND THE BULK “W HAT S TERNBERG DOES SO SKILLFULLY IS TO STITCH TOGETHER AN
EXPLANATION AS TO HOW SO MANY OF THE THINGS WE INTUITIVELY
OF THEIR TIME DEBUNKING ATTACKS ON
FIND RELAXING , LIKE YOGA , OR SITTING BY THE SEA , OR IN A BRIGHT
RELIGION IN THE NAME OF SCIENCE , BUT THEY
AIRY ROOM , AFFECT HOW QUICKLY WE HEAL . S HE PROVIDES THE
ALSO CLEAR THE MUDDY WATERS LEFT BEHIND
WHEN PRO - RELIGION FORCES TRY TO OBSCURE SCIENCE TO BACK IT UP AND EXPLAINS IT SO ENGAGINGLY THAT IT ’ S
HARD TO RESIST SHARING HER CONVICTION .”
THE SCIENTIFIC RECORD …G IVEN ALL OF THE
POLEMICS PUBLISHED TODAY, THIS IS A BREATH —L INDA G EDDES , N EW S CIENTIST
OF FRESH AIR .”
“H EALING S PACES [ IS ] AN EXPLORATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL
—R YAN T. A NDERSON , W EEKLY S TANDARD
INFLUENCES OVER THE BRAIN , THE BODY AND THE COURSE OF MENTAL
AND PHYSICAL DISEASE …A NYONE WHO HAS EVER FELT PEACE
“[T HIS BOOK WAS WRITTEN ] WITH ORDINARY
DESCEND IN LOVELY SURROUNDINGS WILL FIND A FEW SEEDS OF
READERS , NOT SPECIALISTS , IN MIND , MAKING
EXPLANATION IN HER BOOK .”
THIS A TRULY RARE BOOK : WHERE ELSE CAN YOU
FIND SUCH AUTHORITATIVE SCHOLARSHIP —A BIGAIL Z UGER , M.D., N EW YORK T IMES
DELIVERED SO ACCESSIBLY AND FAIRLY ON SUCH
AN IMPORTANT SUBJECT ?” E S T H E R M . S T E R N B E R G , M . D . , author of Th e
—E DWARD B. D AVIS , BELIEF. NET Ba l a n ce Wi t h i n : Th e S c i e n ce Co n n e c t i n g He a l t h a nd
E m o t i o n s, has done extensive research on brain-immune
R O N A L D L . N U M B E R S is Hilldale interactions and the effects of the brain’s stress response on
Professor of the History of Science and health. She was on the faculty at Washington University,
Medicine, University of Wisconsin–Madison. St. Louis, prior to joining the National Institutes of Health
His books include Th e C re a t i o n i s t s : Fro m S c i e n t i f i c in 1986.
Crea t i o n i s m to I n te l l i g e n t D e s i g n , E x p a n d e d Ed i t i o n
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: MAY 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03336-8 |
(Harvard). SEPTEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 352 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05748-7 | $16.95 (£12.95 UK) |
CLOTH: MARCH 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03327-6 | HEALTH / PSYCHOLOGY
NOVEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 320 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05741-8 | $17.95 (£13.95 UK) |
SCIENCE / RELIGION

98 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
To Serve God and Total Cure
Wal-Mart The Antidote to the Health Care Crisis

The Making of Christian Free Enterprise Harold S. Luft


Bethany Moreton Guaranteeing that everyone is insured does not
create a system with the quality of care patients
A B OSTON P HOENIX B EST B OOK OF THE Y EAR
want, the flexibility clinicians need, and the
W INNER OF THE 2010 OAH F REDERICK J ACKSON T URNER AWARD internal dynamics to continually improve the
In the decades after World War II, evangelical Christianity nour- value of health care. Hal Luft presents a com-
ished America’s devotion to free markets, free trade, and free prehensive new proposal, SecureChoice, which
enterprise. The history of Wal-Mart uncovers a complex net- does all that while providing affordable health
work that united Sun Belt entrepreneurs, evangelical employ- insurance for every American.
ees, Christian business students, overseas missionaries, and
“B RILLIANT AND BADLY UNDERAPPRECIATED …L UFT
free-market activists. Through the stories of people linked by the
SEEMS TO RECOGNIZE THAT ADVANCES IN MEDICAL
world’s largest corporation, Bethany Moreton shows how a
TECHNOLOGY MAKE THE TRADITIONAL APPROACH TO
Christian service ethos powered capitalism at home and abroad.
PRIVATE HEALTH INSURANCE LESS VIABLE . Y ET HE
ALSO SEES THE VALUE IN PROMOTING CONSTRUCTIVE
“M ORETON OFFERS NOVEL OBSERVATIONS ABOUT THE LURE OF WAL - COMPETITION …W ITH THE [U NIVERSAL COVERAGE
M ART. S HE EXPLAINS , FOR EXAMPLE , HOW THE COMPANY INVOKED P OOL ] IN PLACE , NO ONE WILL EVER GO BANKRUPT
THE FUNDAMENTALIST C HRISTIAN TEACHINGS EMBRACED BY MANY OF
DUE TO ILLNESS ; PRIVATE INSURERS AND PROVIDERS
ITS EMPLOYEES TO FASHION A WORKING ENVIRONMENT THAT INDUCED
WILL COMPETE ON THE BASICS OF COST AND
THEM TO WORK CONTENTEDLY FOR LOW WAGES AND PALTRY
QUALITY; AND THE HEALTH SYSTEM WILL GET BETTER
BENEFITS …M ORETON ARGUES THAT WALTON AND HIS FELLOW
AND CHEAPER OVER TIME .”
EXECUTIVES QUICKLY RECOGNIZED THE ECONOMIC ADVANTAGE OF
—R EIHAN S ALAM , F ORBES . COM
WEAVING SPECIFIC STRANDS OF THE O ZARK REGION ’ S
FUNDAMENTALIST BELIEF SYSTEM INTO THEIR CORPORATE STRATEGY.”
“S ECURE C HOICE IS AN INGENIOUS , CAREFULLY
—R OBERT F RANK , N EW YORK T IMES B OOK R EVIEW CONSTRUCTED PROPOSAL …[T OTAL C URE ]
PROVID [ ES ] BOTH AN IMPORTANT NEW HEALTH CARE
“T HIS BOOK OFFERS READERS AN ENGAGING ACCOUNT OF HOW A
REFORM OPTION AND AN ILLUMINATING TUTORIAL ON THE ISSUES AT
DISCOUNT FIVE - AND - DIME STORE CONCEIVED IN THE RURAL A MERICAN STAKE .”
O ZARKS BECAME THE TEMPLATE FOR SERVICE WORK IN THE GLOBAL
ECONOMY.”
—S AMUEL Y. S ESSIONS ,
J OURNAL OF THE A MERICAN M EDICAL A SSOCIATION
—R EBEKAH P EEPLES M ASSENGILL ,
T IMES H IGHER E DUCATION
H A R O L D S . L U F T is Director of the Palo Alto Medical
Foundation Research Institute and Caldwell B. Esselstyn
B E T H A N Y M O R E T O N is Assistant Professor of History
Professor of Health Policy and Health Economics, Emeritus,
and Women’s Studies at the University of Georgia. at the University of California, San Francisco.

CLOTH: MAY 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03322-1 |


CLOTH: OCTOBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03210-1 |
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 12 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | 392 PP. |
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 7 LINE ILLUS., 2 TABLES | 336 PP.
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05740-1 | $17.95 (£13.95 UK) |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05736-4 | $17.95 (£13.95 UK)
CURRENT AFFAIRS / BUSINESS
MEDICINE / ECONOMICS

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 99
Hadrian Arthur Miller
Empire and Conflict Christopher Bigsby
Thorsten Opper
A C HOICE O UTSTANDING A CADEMIC T ITLE
Even in the panoply of Roman history, This is the long-awaited biography of one of the twentieth cen-
Hadrian stands out. Emperor from CE 117 to tury’s greatest playwrights, Arthur Miller, whose postwar decade
138, he was at once a benevolent ruler and of work earned him international critical and popular acclaim.
a ruthless military leader, known for his rest- Christopher Bigsby’s gripping, meticulously researched biogra-
less and ambitious nature, his interest in phy, based on boxes of papers made available to him before
architecture, and his passion for Greek cul- Miller’s death, examines his refusal to name names before the
ture. This book moves beyond the familiar notorious House on Un-American Activities Committee, offers
image of Hadrian to offer a new appraisal of new insights into Miller’s marriage to Marilyn Monroe, and
this Emperor’s contradictory personality, his sheds new light on how their relationship informed Miller’s sub-
exploits and accomplishments, his rule, and sequent great plays.
his military role, against the backdrop of his
twenty-one-year reign. “T HANKS TO B IGSBY ’ S RESEARCH , PARTICULARLY INTO PREVIOUSLY
UNSEEN MATERIAL , HIS ACCOUNT OF M ILLER TRYING TO HANG ON TO

“B RING [ S ] TOGETHER ARTIFACTS FROM AROUND HIS SOUL IN MIDCENTURY A MERICA SHOWS THAT HE WAS LARGE NOT

THE WORLD, INCLUDING STUNNING SCULPTURES , LEAST IN HIS CONTRADICTIONS …W HAT THE BOOK MAKES NEWLY

BRONZES , COINS , MOSAICS , AND FINE CLEAR , THOUGH , IS HOW MUCH OF M ILLER ’ S WORK REFLECTS HIS

INTERPRETIVE TEXTS ABOUT THE MAN WHO WAS OWN PERSONAL STRUGGLES .”
EMPEROR OF R OME FROM 117 CE TO 138 CE —J EREMY M CC ARTER , N EW YORK T IMES B OOK R EVIEW
…[A] STRIKING , BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED
BOOK .” “B IGSBY ’ S BIOGRAPHY IS SO EFFECTIVE BECAUSE IT MANAGES TO
LOCATE M ILLER ’ S ART IN TERMS BOTH OF THE PROGRESSION OF HIS
—J OAN W. G ARTLAND, L IBRARY J OURNAL
IDEALISM AND THE REGRESSIONS OF HIS ACTUAL EXPERIENCE . T HERE

“[A N ] EXCELLENT AND LAVISHLY ILLUSTRATED CAN ’ T BE MANY WRITERS WHO APPEARED TO LIVE SO MUCH AT THE

BOOK …H IGHLY RECOMMENDED AND CENTER OF THEIR TIMES AND WHO SUFFERED SO MUCH FROM THAT

ASTONISHING VALUE FOR MONEY.” SEEMING CENTRALITY.”

—A NDREW J ACK , CULTUREKIOSQUE . COM —A NDREW O’H AGAN , LONDON R EVIEW OF B OOKS

T H O R S T E N O P P E R is a curator in the C H R I S T O P H E R B I G S B Y is Professor of American


Department of Greek and Roman Antiquities at the British Studies and Director of the Arthur Miller Centre at the
Museum. He has published work on ancient sculpture and University of East Anglia.
eighteenth-century antiquarianism.
CLOTH: MAY 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03505-8 |
NOVEMBER | 6 3⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 44 HALFTONES | 776 PP. |
CLOTH: SEPTEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03095-4 |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05708-1 | $19.95 / USA |
NOVEMBER | 9 X 11 3⁄8 | 200 COLOR ILLUS. | 224 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05742-5 | $21.95 / NA |
BIOGRAPHY

BIOGRAPHY

100 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s


Theodor W. Adorno Samuel Johnson
One Last Genius A Biography
Detlev Claussen Peter Martin
Translated by Rodney Livingstone R UNNER - UP, T HE ATLANTIC B OOKS OF THE Y EAR

W INNER OF THE U NGAR G ERMAN T RANSLATION AWARD The Johnson that emerges from this enthralling
He was famously hostile to biography as a literary form. And yet biography is still the foremost figure of his age,
this life of Adorno by one of his last students is far more than lit- but a more rebellious, unpredictable, flawed,
erary in its accomplishments, giving us our first clear look at and sympathetic figure than has been previously
how the man and his moment met to create “critical theory.” An known.
intimate picture of the quintessential twentieth-century transat-
“M ODERN BIOGRAPHERS ARE AWARE OF THE
lantic intellectual, the book is also a window on the cultural fer-
COMPETITION . T HEY HAVE TO WRITE A FIRST- RATE
ment of Adorno’s day—and its ongoing importance in our own.
BOOK ABOUT J OHNSON OR HEAR FROM CRITICS THAT
THEY ’ VE FOOLISHLY ENTERED THE WRONG LEAGUE .
“C LAUSSEN IS ILLUMINATING ON HIS SUBJECT ’ S POLITICS , CULTURAL
A ND A NUMBER OF SCHOLARS , NOTABLY PAUL
HERITAGE , HISTORICAL CONTEXT, MUSICOLOGY, INTELLECTUAL
F USSELL AND W. J ACKSON B ATE , HAVE GIVEN US
LIAISONS AND REFLECTIONS ON THE CULTURE INDUSTRY…
REMARKABLE PORTRAITS . T HEY ’ RE NOW JOINED BY
T HEODOR W. A DORNO : O NE L AST G ENIUS IS A STRENUOUSLY P ETER M ARTIN [ IN ]… A DEEPLY FELT, BEAUTIFULLY
INTELLECTUAL BIOGRAPHY, THE ONLY SORT THE MASTER HIMSELF
WRITTEN ACCOUNT OF A PERSONALITY ABOUT WHOM
MIGHT JUST HAVE APPROVED , IN WHICH THE BARE FACTS OF HIS LIFE
WE CANNOT KNOW ENOUGH .”
ALWAYS COME TO US INTERWOVEN WITH HISTORICAL CURRENTS AND
PHILOSOPHICAL WRANGLES .”
—G EORGE S IM J OHNSTON ,
WALL S TREET J OURNAL
—T ERRY E AGLETON , LONDON R EVIEW OF B OOKS
“A LIVELY NEW BIOGRAPHY, A BOOK WELL SEASONED
“C LAUSSEN , A STUDENT OF A DORNO ’ S , HAS WRITTEN WHAT HAS BEEN
WITH GOOD STORIES , MOST OF WHICH DO NOT SEEK
HAILED AS AMONG THE BEST BOOKS ON ITS FAMOUSLY RECALCITRANT
ALWAYS TO SHOW THE D OCTOR IN A BETTER LIGHT.”
SUBJECT.”
—A NDREW O'H AGAN ,
—B RIAN S HOLIS , B OOKFORUM N EW YORK R EVIEW OF B OOKS

D E T L E V C L A U S S E N is a journalist and a Professor of


P E T E R M A R T I N has taught English literature on both
Social Theory, Culture, and Sociology at the University of sides of the Atlantic and is the author of A L i fe o f J a m e s
Hanover. R O D N E Y L I V I N G S T O N E is Professor B o s we l l and editor of S a mu e l J o h n so n : S e l e c te d
Emeritus in German Studies at the University of Wr i t i n g s, A Te rce n te n a r y Ce l e b ra t i o n (Harvard).
Southampton. He is well known as a translator of books by
Walter Benjamin, Theodor W. Adorno, and Max Weber, BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: SEPTEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03160-9 |
among others. NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 34 HALFTONES, 2 MAPS | 640 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05737-1 | $19.95 / NA |

BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: APRIL 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-02618-6 |


BIOGRAPHY

OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 19 HALFTONES | 464 PP. |


PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05713-5 | $22.95 (£16.95 UK) |
BIOGRAPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 101


Seven Deadly Sins The Triumph of Music
A Very Partial List The Rise of Composers, Musicians and Their Art
Aviad Kleinberg Tim Blanning
Translated by Susan Emanuel in
A distinguished historian chronicles the rise of music and musi-
collaboration with the author cians in the West from lowly balladeers to masters employed by
fickle patrons, to the great composers of genius, to today’s rock
Every culture has its own favorite list of tres-
stars. How, he asks, did music progress from subordinate status
passes. Perhaps the most influential of these
to its present position of supremacy among the creative arts?
was drawn up by the Church in late antiq-
uity: the Seven Deadly Sins. Pride, sloth,
“T HE T RIUMPH OF M USIC SUCCEEDS IN ITS GOAL OF DESCRIBING
gluttony, envy, anger, lust, and greed are not MUSIC AS AN INSTRUMENT OF CULTURAL AND POLITICAL CHANGE .”
forbidden acts but the passions that lead us
— J AMES P ENROSE , N EW C RITERION
into temptation. Aviad Kleinberg, one of the
most prominent public intellectuals in Israel, “T HE POSITION OF MUSICIANS IN SOCIETY AND THE MECHANISMS BY
examines the arts of sinning and of finger WHICH THEY REACH THEIR AUDIENCES ARE EXPLORED IN FASCINATING

pointing. After all, what is wrong with a lit- DEPTH . T HE BOOK IS NOT ABOUT MUSIC ITSELF, BUT ABOUT ITS

tle sloth? CREATORS AND CONSUMERS . B LANNING EVOKES THE LIFE OF THE
EIGHTEENTH - CENTURY MUSICIAN WITH MARVELOUS CLARITY; H AYDN
IS PARTICULARLY WELL TREATED , AND THE SHIFTING STATUS OF
“A N INTELLECTUAL GEM THAT INTRODUCES THE
MUSICIANS IN THE REVOLUTIONARY PERIOD IS HELD UNDER THE
READER TO A NEW WORLD OF IDEAS . I T IS A
HISTORIAN ’ S SHARP GAZE .
A S A SOCIAL HISTORY OF MUSIC IN THE
THOUGHT- PROVOKING AND PASSIONATE
BOOK …K LEINBERG ’ S HUMOR AND LEARNING PERIOD FROM B ACH TO WAGNER , THE BOOK IS PENETRATING AND
RICHLY DOCUMENTED . T HERE ARE FASCINATING NUGGETS OF
INVITE THE READER TO A JOURNEY OF SELF
EXPLORATION AND TO A REEXAMINATION OF INFORMATION THROUGHOUT, ILLUMINATING BUT NOT DETRACTING

THE SOURCES OF EVIL .” FROM THE CHRONICLE OF MUSICIANS AND THE RESPONSES OF
AUDIENCES , POLITICIANS , AND CRITICS .”
—T IMEOUT I SRAEL
—H UGH M AC D ONALD, T IMES L ITERARY S UPPLEMENT
“[A] LIVELY AND ENGAGING ESSAY
COLLECTION .” T I M B L A N N I N G is Professor of Modern European History
—J. COURTNEY S ULLIVAN , at the University of Cambridge and the author of Th e
N EW YORK T IMES B OOK Pu r s u i t o f G l o r y : Eu ro p e 1 6 4 8 – 1 8 1 5.
R EVIEW
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: NOVEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03104-3 |
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 89 HALFTONES, 2 TABLES | 432 PP. |
AV I A D K L E I N B E R G is Professor PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05709-8 | $19.95 / OBE |
HISTORY
of History at Tel Aviv University and
the author of Fl e s h M a d e Wo rd : S a i n t s’
S to r i e s a n d t h e We s te r n I m ag i n a t i o n
(Harvard).

BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: NOVEMBER 2008 /


ISBN 978-0-674-03141-8 | OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 208 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05732-6 | $16.95 (£12.95 UK) |
RELIGION

102 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s


A History of the Paris from the
Arab Peoples Ground Up
Albert Hourani James H. S. McGregor
With a New Afterword by Malise Ruthven
James H. S. McGregor brings multiple per-
Upon its publication in 1991, Albert Hourani’s masterwork was spectives into focus throughout this concise,
hailed as the definitive story of Arab civilization and became unique history of the City of Light.
both a bestseller and an instant classic. In a panoramic view
“I N J AMES H. S. M CG REGOR ’ S PARIS FROM
encompassing twelve centuries of Arab history and culture,
THE G ROUND U P — WHICH OFFERS AN
Hourani brilliantly illuminated the people and events that have
INFORMATIVE HISTORY OF THE CITY ’ S ART AND
fundamentally shaped the Arab world. ARCHITECTURE —THE E IFFEL T OWER
Now this seminal book is available in an expanded sec- NECESSARILY [ OCCUPIES ] ONLY FOUR
ond edition. Noted Islamic scholar Malise Ruthven brings the PAGES …B UT THOSE FOUR PAGES ARE

story up to date from the mid-1980s, including such events as INVALUABLE …T HIS INSIGHT IS TYPICAL OF

the Gulf War; civil unrest in Algeria; the change of leadership in M CG REGOR , WHO… IS AT HIS BEST WHEN
ELABORATING ON THE TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF
Syria, Morocco, and Jordan; and the aftermath of the events of
PARIS ’ S BUILDINGS .”
September 11, 2001.
—C AROLINE W EBER ,
P RAISE FOR THE FIRST EDITION : N EW YORK T IMES B OOK R EVIEW
“A SPLENDID ACHIEVEMENT…W RITTEN WITH JUST THE RIGHT MIX OF
“M CG REGOR ’ S EXCELLENT F ROM THE G ROUND
EMPATHY AND SENSITIVITY, AND A FEEL FOR THE IRONY OF HUMAN
U P SERIES TREATS THE CITY AS A PALIMPSEST,
HISTORY. T HIS IS HISTORY IN THE GRAND STYLE . I T CAN LEAD TO A
SUBSTITUTING SPACE FOR TIME AND ALLOWING
BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE A RABS , PAST AND PRESENT.”
THE READER TO EXPLORE THE HISTORY OF A
—L. C ARL B ROWN , N EW YORK T IMES B OOK R EVIEW PLACE WHILE WANDERING ITS STREETS . H ERE HE
TRACES THE STORY OF PARIS , DESCRIBING THE
“H ERE AT LAST IS A GENUINELY READABLE , GENUINELY RESPONSIVE
REMNANTS OF A LONG HISTORY THAT ARE , FOR
HISTORY OF THE A RABS .” THE MOST PART, BURIED DEEP BENEATH THE CITY
—E DWARD W. S AID, LOS A NGELES T IMES B OOK R EVIEW STREETS .”

—LONDON R EVIEW OF B OOKS


A L B E R T H O U R A N I was Emeritus Fellow, St. Antony’s
College, Oxford. He died in 1993. M A L I S E R U T H V E N is J A M E S H . S . M C G R E G O R is Professor and Co-Head of
a former editor with the BBC Arabic Service and World the Department of Comparative Literature at the University
Service in London and is the author of I s l a m i n t h e Wo r l d of Georgia. He is the author of Ro m e f ro m t h e G ro u n d U p,
and Islam: A Ve r y S h o r t I n t ro d u c t i o n. Ve n i ce f ro m t h e G ro u n d U p, and Wa s h i n g to n f ro m t h e

BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: APRIL 2003 / ISBN 978-0-674-01017-8 |


G ro u n d U p (all from Harvard).
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 32 HALFTONES, 13 MAPS | 624 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05819-4 | $18.95 (£14.95 UK) | HISTORY BELKNAP PRESS | FROM THE GROUND UP |
CLOTH: APRIL 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03316-0 |
NOVEMBER | 5 3⁄4 X 9 |
105 COLOR ILLUS., 30 HALFTONES, 10 MAPS | 352 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05738-8 | $17.95 (£13.95 UK) |
HISTORY / TRAVEL

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 103


On the Origin The Diversity of Life
of Stories Edward O. Wilson
Evolution, Cognition, and Fiction Edward O. Wilson reflects on the crucible of evolution and how
Brian Boyd the living world became diverse—and how humans are destroy-
ing that diversity. Unparalleled in its range and depth, Wilson’s
A N EW Z EALAND L ISTENER masterwork is essential reading for those who care about pre-
B EST B OOK OF THE Y EAR serving the world’s biological variety and ensuring our planet’s
A distinguished scholar offers the first com- health.
prehensive account of the evolutionary ori-
gins of art and storytelling. Brian Boyd “W E NEED PROPHETS TO SHAKE THE SOULS AND GRAB THE ATTENTION
OF THOSE WHO HAVE EYES BUT SEE NOT. T HE D IVERSITY OF L IFE IS A
explains why we tell stories, how our minds
DEFT AND THOROUGHLY SUCCESSFUL MIXTURE OF INFORMATION AND
are shaped to understand them, and what
PROPHECY.”
difference an evolutionary understanding of
human nature makes to stories we love. —S TEPHEN J AY G OULD, N ATURE

“W ILSON ’ S IS STILL THE BEST WORK WE ARE EVER LIKELY TO HAVE ON


“N O ONE THINKS ON THIS SCALE ANYMORE … THE TANGLED , EVER - CHANGING RELATIONSHIPS THAT ALL SPECIES ON
B OYD ’ S TREATMENT IS ENGROSSING , AS THE PLANET HAVE WITH ONE ANOTHER — AND WHY THE PRESERVATION
ELEGANT IN THE WRITING AS THE REASONING . I T
OF THE SAME BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY THAT SPARKS OUR CURIOSITY
OFFERS A NEW INSIGHT INTO THE QUESTION OF
AND ENRICHES OUR SPIRIT MAY ALSO BE THE KEY TO OUR SURVIVAL .”
WHY SOME WORKS [ OF FICTION ] SPEAK TO
AUDIENCES ACROSS CULTURES AND
—T. H. WATKINS , WASHINGTON P OST B OOK W ORLD
GENERATIONS …W HATEVER YOUR OPINION OF
“I N THIS BOOK [W ILSON ] STOPS ASKING WHAT BIOLOGY DOES TO
D ERRIDA , B OYD OFFERS ABSOLUTION TO ALL
HUMANS , AND ASKS INSTEAD WHAT WE HUMANS ARE DOING TO
LOVERS OF FICTION .”
BIOLOGY.”
—L AURA D IETZ , —D AVID PAPINEAU , N EW YORK T IMES B OOK R EVIEW
T IMES L ITERARY S UPPLEMENT

“B OYD HAS PRODUCED A CHALLENGING PIECE E D WA R D O . W I L S O N is Pellegrino University


OF CRITICAL THEORY, WHICH MIGHT WELL Professor, Emeritus, at Harvard University. In addition to
HERALD THE RETURN TO N ATURE OF WHICH two Pulitzer Prizes (one of which he shares with Bert
CULTURAL CRITICISM IS IN SUCH SORE NEED .” Hölldobler), Wilson has won many scientific awards,
including the National Medal of Science and the Crafoord
—T ERRY E AGLETON ,
Prize of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences.
LONDON R EVIEW OF B OOKS
BELKNAP PRESS | QUESTIONS OF SCIENCE |
B R I A N B O Y D , University Distinguished Professor in the CLOTH: 1992 / ISBN 978-0-674-21298-5 |
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 50 LINE ILLUS., 3 MAPS,
Department of English, University of Auckland, is the world’s 64 COLOR PHOTOGRAPHS ON A 16-PAGE INSERT,
foremost authority on the works of Nabokov. 3 COLOR ILLUS. ON A 2-PAGE INSERT | 432 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05817-0 | $21.95 / COBEE |
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: MAY 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03357-3 |
SCIENCE
NOVEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 14 HALFTONES | 560 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05711-1 | $19.95 (£14.95 UK) |
LITERATURE / SCIENCE

104 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s


Beyond Terror and Forgotten Wars
Martyrdom Freedom and Revolution in Southeast Asia

The Future of the Middle East Christopher Bayly and Tim Harper
Gilles Kepel After the fall of the atomic bomb Asia was
Translated by Pascale Ghazaleh dominated by the British. Yet within a few
violent years, British power in the region
A C HOICE O UTSTANDING A CADEMIC T ITLE would crumble, and independent nations
Since 2001, two dominant worldviews have clashed in the would struggle into existence. Christopher
global arena: a neoconservative nightmare of an insidious Islamic Bayly and Tim Harper show how World War
terrorist threat to civilized life, and a jihadist myth of martyr- II never really ended in these ravaged Asian
dom through the slaughter of infidels. Beyond Terror and Mar- lands, but instead continued in bloody civil
tyrdom sounds the alarm to the West and to Islam that both of wars and insurrections.
these exhausted narratives are bankrupt—productive neither of
“[A] COMPELLING BOOK …T HE AUTHORS WRITE
democratic change in the Middle East nor of unity in Islam.
THAT ‘ THE END OF EMPIRE IS NOT A PRETTY
THING IF EXAMINED TOO CLOSELY,’ BUT WHEN
“G ILLES K EPEL …[ HAS ] DONE MORE THAN MOST WRITERS TO OPEN
EXAMINED SO ABLY IT IS CERTAINLY
THE MINDS OF W ESTERN READERS TO THE WORLD OF I SLAM …
FASCINATING .”
B EYOND T ERROR AND M ARTYRDOM IS A STRONG CRITIQUE OF WHAT
HE CALLS THE TWO ‘ GRAND NARRATIVES ’ THAT HAVE CREATED SO —P HILIP D ELVES B ROUGHTON ,
MUCH HAVOC IN THE M IDDLE E AST, AND BY EXTENSION IN E UROPE WALL S TREET J OURNAL
TOO.”
“F ORGOTTEN WARS MOVINGLY BRINGS OUT THE
—I AN B URUMA , N EW YORK R EVIEW OF B OOKS TRAVAILS OF ORDINARY PEOPLE WHO GOT
CAUGHT UP WITHIN A VICIOUS CYCLE OF
“T HIS BOOK , FROM ONE OF F RANCE ’ S SHREWDEST INTERPRETERS OF
POLITICAL TURMOIL , ECONOMIC DEPRIVATION ,
THE M USLIM WORLD , PROVIDES A HIGHLY READABLE END - OF -TERM
AND VIOLENCE . T HIS IS A ‘ MUST READ ’ FOR
CONSPECTUS OF THE SUBSEQUENT VIOLENT ENCOUNTER BETWEEN
THOSE INTERESTED IN HISTORIES OF B RITISH
A MERICA AND THE JIHADISTS . I T ALSO OFFERS AN INTRIGUING
IMPERIALISM AND DECOLONIZATION IN A SIA .”
ARGUMENT. I N G ILLES K EPEL’ S TELLING , IT IS NOT ONLY M R . B USH
WHOSE STRATEGY FAILED AFTER S EPTEMBER 11 TH . O SAMA BIN —H AIMANTI R OY,
L ADEN ’ S STRATEGY FAILED TOO.” J OURNAL OF B RITISH S TUDIES

—T HE E CONOMIST
C H R I S T O P H E R B AY LY is Vere Harmsworth Professor of
Imperial and Naval History at the University of Cambridge,
G I L L E S K E P E L is Professor and Chair of Middle East
and a Fellow of St. Catherine’s College. T I M H A R P E R is a
Studies at the Institute of Political Studies in Paris. He is
Senior Lecturer in History at the University of Cambridge,
the author of Th e Wa r fo r M u s l i m M i n d s : I s l a m a n d t h e
and a Fellow of Magdalene College. They are the authors of
West and Jihad: Th e Tra i l o f Po l i t i ca l I s l a m and coeditor
Fo rg o t te n A r m i e s : Th e Fa l l o f Br i t i s h A s i a , 1 9 4 1 – 1 9 4 5
of A l Qaeda in I t s O w n Wo rd s (all from Harvard).
(Harvard).
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: NOVEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03138-8 |
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 336 PP. | BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: MAY 2007 / ISBN 978-0-674-02153-2 |
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 16 HALFTONES | 704 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05731-9 | $17.95 (£13.95 UK) |
CURRENT AFFAIRS PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05707-4 | $19.95 * / USA | HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 105


S I N C E 1 9 59 T H E J O H N H A R V A R D L I B R A R Y H A S B E E N
I N S T R U M E N TA L I N P U B L I S H I N G E S S E N T I A L A M E R I C A N
W R I T I N G S I N A U T H O R I TAT I V E E D I T I O N S .

The Last of Common Sense


the Mohicans Thomas Paine
Introduction by Alan Taylor
James Fenimore Cooper
Introduction by Wayne Franklin “In Common Sense a writer found his
moment to change the world,” Alan Taylor
Set in 1757 during the French writes in his introduction. When Paine’s
and Indian War, as Britain and attack on the British mixed constitution of
France fought for control of kings, lords, and commons was published
North America, The Last of the in January 1776, fighting had already
Mohicans is a historical novel erupted between British troops and Amer-
and a rousing adventure story. It is also, Wayne ican Patriots, but many Patriots still balked
Franklin argues in his introduction, a probing exam- at seeking independence. “By discrediting
ination of the political and cultural contest taking the sovereign king,” Taylor argues, “Paine
shape more than half a century later in the author’s made independence thinkable—as he relo-
own day as European settlement continued to cated sovereignty from a royal family to the
relentlessly push Native Americans westward. The collective people of a republic.” Paine’s
John Harvard Library edition reproduces the American readers could conclude that they
authoritative text of the novel from The Writ- stood at “the center of a new and coming world of utopian
ings of James Fenimore Cooper, published by potential.” The John Harvard Library edition follows the text of
the State University of New York Press. the expanded edition printed by the shop of Benjamin Towne for
WAY N E F R A N K L I N is Head of the English W. and T. Bradford of Philadelphia.
Department at the University of Connecticut. A L A N TAY L O R is Professor of History at the University of
He is the author of several books, including California at Davis. He is the author of several books,
J a m e s Fe n i m o re Co o p e r : Th e Ea r l y Ye a r s. including Wi l l i a m Co o p e r ’s Tow n : Powe r a n d Pe r s uasion
BELKNAP PRESS |
o n t h e Fro n t i e r o f t h e Ea r l y A m e r i ca n Re p u b l i c, winner
THE JOHN HARVARD LIBRARY | of the Pulitzer Prize for History and the Bancroft Prize for
JANUARY | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 548 PP. | American History.
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05714-2 |
$10.95 (£8.95 UK) |
BELKNAP PRESS | THE JOHN HARVARD LIBRARY |
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 92 PP. |
LITERATURE

PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05116-4 | $7.95 (£5.95 UK) |


HISTORY / POLITICS

106 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s


THE FEDERALIST
ALEXANDER HAMILTON,
JAMES MADISON, AND JOHN JAY
INTRODUCTION BY
CASS R. SUNSTEIN
PAPER $14.95 / £11.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03573-7

INCIDENTS IN THE LIFE OF A SLAVE GIRL:


WRITTEN BY HERSELF
WITH "A TRUE TALE OF SLAVERY"
BY JOHN S. JACOB
HARRIET A. JACOBS
EDITED BY JEAN FAGAN YELLIN
PAPER $16.95 / £12.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03583-6

HOW THE OTHER HALF LIVES:


STUDIES AMONG THE TENEMENTS
OF NEW YORK
JACOB A. RIIS
EDITED BY SAM B. WARNER, JR.
INTRODUCTION BY ALAN TRACHTENBERG
PAPER $12.95 / £9.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04932-1

NARRATIVE OF THE LIFE OF FREDERICK


DOUGLASS: AN AMERICAN SLAVE,
WRITTEN BY HIMSELF
INTRODUCTION BY
ROBERT B. STEPTO
PAPER $7.95 / £5.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03401-3

THE COMMON LAW


OLIVER WENDELL HOLMES, JR.
INTRODUCTION BY
G. EDWARD WHITE
PAPER $12.95 / £9.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03402-0

THE WORKS OF ANNE BRADSTREET


EDITED BY JEANNINE HENSLEY
FOREWORD BY ADRIENNE RICH
PAPER $16.95 / £12.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05027-3

THE SCARLET LETTER


NATHANIEL HAWTHORNE
INTRODUCTION BY
MICHAEL J. COLACURCIO
PAPER $9.95 / £7.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03574-4

THE BLITHEDALE ROMANCE THE RED BADGE OF COURAGE UNCLE TOM’S CABIN JIM CROW, AMERICAN: THE HOUSE OF THE SEVEN GABLES
NATHANIEL HAWTHORNE STEPHEN CRANE HARRIET BEECHER STOWE SELECTED SONGS AND PLAYS NATHANIEL HAWTHORNE
INTRODUCTION BY EDITED BY PAUL SORRENTINO INTRODUCTION BY T. D. RICE INTRODUCTION BY
ROBERT S. LEVINE PAPER $7.95 / £5.95 DAVID BROMWICH EDITED BY W. T. LHAMON, JR. DENIS DONOGHUE
PAPER $9.95 / £7.95 ISBN 978-0-674-03399-3 PAPER $8.95 / £6.95 PAPER $14.95 / £11.95 PAPER $9.95 / £7.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05021-1 ISBN 978-0-674-03407-5 ISBN 978-0-674-03593-5 ISBN 978-0-674-03575-1

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 107


Children of the Democracy’s Prisoner
Revolution Eugene V. Debs, the Great War, and the Right to Dissent

The French, 1799–1914 Ernest Freeberg


Robert Gildea W INNER OF THE
D AVID J. L ANGUM , S R . P RIZE
For those who lived in the wake of IN A MERICAN L EGAL H ISTORY

the French Revolution, from the F INALIST, LOS A NGELES T IMES


storming of the Bastille to Napoleon’s B OOK P RIZE
final defeat, its aftermath left a pro-
In 1920, socialist leader Eugene V.
found wound that no subsequent
Debs ran for president while serv-
king, emperor, or president could
ing a ten-year jail term for speaking
heal. Children of the Revolution fol-
against America’s role in World War
lows the ensuing generations who
I. Though many called Debs a trai-
repeatedly tried and failed to come
tor, others praised him as a prisoner
up with a stable regime.
of conscience, a martyr to the cause
of free speech. Ernest Freeberg
“O NE OF THE CONSIDERABLE
C HILDREN OF THE R EVOLUTION IS
STRENGTHS OF
shows that the campaign to send Debs from an Atlanta jailhouse
G ILDEA’ S EYE FOR AN INDIVIDUAL EXAMPLE , to the White House was part of a wider national debate over the
ANECDOTE OR APHORISM , COMBINED WITH HIS COMPREHENSIVE right to free speech in wartime.
KNOWLEDGE OF THE LITERATURE OF NINETEENTH - CENTURY F RANCE .”
“I F HISTORY IS WHAT THE PRESENT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT THE PAST,
—R UTH S CURR , T HE N ATION
D EMOCRACY ’ S P RISONER IS TEEMING WITH LESSONS . B UT ABOVE ALL ,
“W ITH PENETRATION AND STYLE , [G ILDEA ] PAINTS A COMPLEX IT ’ S THE STORY OF ONE EXTRAORDINARY MAN ’ S SHOWDOWN WITH THE
PORTRAIT OF A SOCIETY GEOGRAPHICALLY AND TEMPERAMENTALLY ESTABLISHMENT— AND HOW THAT CONFRONTATION TURNED INTO A
DIVIDED, CONSTANTLY AT WAR WITH ITSELF, YET MANAGING TO FORGE COMPLEX POLITICAL STRUGGLE WHOSE OUTCOME WAS UP FOR GRABS .”

A COHESIVE NATIONAL IDENTITY AT HOME AND ABROAD .” —P ETER R ICHARDSON , LOS A NGELES T IMES B OOK R EVIEW
—T HE ATLANTIC
“T HIS FASCINATING BOOK ABOUT [D EBS ’ S ] CLIMACTIC LAST YEARS

“A BOVE ALL , [G ILDEA ] SUCCEEDS IN ONE CENTRAL TASK : SHOWING MAKES CLEAR THAT HE REALLY MATTERED . I N BOTH POLITICAL AND

JUST HOW SURPRISINGLY LIVABLE AND CREATIVE F RANCE WAS DURING LEGAL WAYS HE PLAYED A SIGNIFICANT PART IN REDUCING

THIS GOLDEN CENTURY- LONG INTERVAL BETWEEN TWO MOMENTS OF INTOLERANCE OF DISSENT IN THIS COUNTRY, AND BRINGING TO LIFE

HORROR .” THE F IRST A MENDMENT ’ S GUARANTEE OF FREE SPEECH .”

—D AVID A. B ELL , N EW R EPUBLIC —A NTHONY L EWIS , N EW YORK R EVIEW OF B OOKS

R O B E R T G I L D E A is Professor of Modern History at the E R N E S T F R E E B E R G is Associate Professor of History at


University of Oxford, and the author of M a r i a n n e i n the University of Tennessee.
Chai n s, winner of the Wolfson Prize for history.
CLOTH: MAY 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-02792-3 |
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 17 HALFTONES | 392 PP. |
CLOTH: SEPTEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03209-5 |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05720-3 | $18.95 * (£14.95 UK) |
OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 7 MAPS, 43 HALFTONES | 576 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05724-1 | $22.95 * / USA |
HISTORY
HISTORY

108 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s


The Quest for The Early Chinese
Democracy in Iran Empires
A Century of Struggle against Authoritarian Rule Qin and Han
Fakhreddin Azimi Mark Edward Lewis
T HE H ISTORY OF I MPERIAL C HINA S ERIES
W INNER OF THE 2010 M OSSADEGH P RIZE T IMOTHY B ROOK , G ENERAL E DITOR
The Constitutional Revolution of 1906 launched Iran as a pio-
neer in a broad-based movement to establish democratic rule in In this first book in a six-volume series, we
the non-Western world. In a book that provides essential context are present at the creation of an ancient
for understanding modern Iran, Fakhreddin Azimi traces a imperial order whose major features would
century of struggle for the establishment of representative endure for two millennia. The Early Chi-
government. nese Empires illuminates many formative
events in China’s long history of imperial-
“F OR A ZIMI , ALL I RANIAN HISTORY AFTER 1905 IS AN ATTEMPT TO ism—events whose residual influence can
FULFILL , PARTIALLY ACCOMMODATE OR CIRCUMVENT THE IDEALS OF A still be discerned today.
CONSTITUTIONAL MOVEMENT THAT PLACED POPULAR REPRESENTATION
AT THE FORE OF ITS PRIORITIES . H E TRACES HOW AT VARIOUS “T HIS SIX - VOLUME SERIES [ COVERS ] THE RISE ,
MOMENTS PUBLIC ALIENATION AND RESENTMENT HAVE BEEN DEVELOPMENT, AND DECLINE OF DYNASTIC
ARTICULATED OR EXPRESSED AND FINALLY, HOW ‘A CULTURE OF C HINA FROM THE SECOND CENTURY B . C . E .
CONFRONTATION ’ EMERGED . H IS BOOK GOES A LONG WAY TOWARD THROUGH THE EARLY 20 TH CENTURY…T HIS
RECUPERATING A HISTORY OF I RANIAN DEMOCRACY THAT HAS BEEN OPENING VOLUME BY L EWIS FORETELLS THAT
EXPUNGED BY O RIENTALISTS WHO WONDER ALOUD IF THERE IS THE SERIES WILL BECOME THE NEW GOLD
SOMETHING ABOUT M USLIM LANDS THAT MAKES THEM INHOSPITABLE STANDARD .”
TO DEMOCRACY OR , ALTERNATIVELY, THOSE WHO HAVE DISMISSED
—C HARLES W. H AYFORD,
PERIODS OF HECTIC PARLIAMENTARY ACTIVITY AS MERE CHAOS .”
L IBRARY J OURNAL ( STARRED REVIEW )
—N EGAR A ZIMI , T HE N ATION
“M ARK L EWIS ’ S MIND - OPENING AND READABLE
“T HE Q UEST FOR D EMOCRACY IN I RAN IS PARTICULARLY STRONG ON BOOK REMINDS US OF THE ENDURING BUT
RETRIEVING THE IMPORTANCE OF THE C ONSTITUTIONAL R EVOLUTION CHANGING REALITIES OF C HINA .”
AND THREADING IT THROUGH TO THE I SLAMIC R EPUBLIC ’ S CURRENT
—J ONATHAN M IRSKY,
DIALECTIC BETWEEN REPUBLICANISM AND THEOCRACY.”
T IMES L ITERARY S UPPLEMENT
—D AVID G ARDNER , F INANCIAL T IMES
M A R K E D WA R D L E W I S is Kwoh-Ting Li Professor in
FA K H R E D D I N A Z I M I is Professor of History at the Chinese Culture, Stanford University. He is the author of
University of Connecticut. C h i n a b e t we e n E m p i re s : Th e No r t h e r n a n d S o u t h e r n
D y n a s t i e s and C h i n a’s Co s m o p o l i ta n E m p i re : Th e Ta n g
CLOTH: APRIL 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-02778-7 | D y n a s t y (both from Harvard).
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 20 HALFTONES | 512 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05706-7 | $19.95 * (£14.95 UK) |
BELKNAP PRESS | HISTORY OF IMPERIAL CHINA 1 |
CLOTH: APRIL 2007 / ISBN 978-0-674-02477-9 |
HISTORY

OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 23 HALFTONES, 16 MAPS | 336 PP. |


PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05734-0 | $18.95 * (£14.95 UK) |
HISTORY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 109


Fresh Addiction
A Perishable History A Disorder of Choice
Susanne Freidberg Gene M. Heyman
That rosy tomato perched on your plate in In a book sure to inspire controversy, Gene Heyman argues that
December is at the end of a great journey— conventional wisdom about addiction—that it is a disease, a
not just over land and sea, but across a vast compulsion beyond conscious control—is wrong. Drawing on
and varied cultural history. This is the terri- psychiatric epidemiology, addicts’ autobiographies, treatment
tory charted in Fresh. studies, and advances in behavioral economics, Heyman makes
a powerful case that addiction is voluntary.
“A DIETARY- CUM - SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE
M ARK K URLANSKY /M ICHAEL P OLLAN SORT, “W E HAVE A JUSTICE SYSTEM THAT TREATS DRUG USE AS A
THIS SMART, SWEEPING , AND TIMELY VOLUME — MALEVOLENT ACT OF WILL ( TO BE PUNISHED ) AND A MEDICAL
APPEARING AT A MOMENT WHEN BUYING PROFESSION THAT TREATS IT AS AN UNFORTUNATE DISEASE ( TO BE
LOCALLY AND EATING ORGANICALLY ARE CURED ). W HO IS RIGHT ?…[H EYMAN ] ARGUES THAT IT IS NOT HIS
FASHIONABLY RESPONSIBLE QUESTS — FELLOW MEDICAL PROFESSIONALS …T HIS IS A RICH BOOK THAT
CONSIDERS THE CONUNDRUMS OF INDUSTRIAL REVERBERATES FAR BEYOND THE FIELD OF ADDICTION STUDIES .
FRESHNESS …C OLD STORAGE , F REIDBERG ATTENTIVE READERS WILL FIND IN IT LESSONS ABOUT DEBT- FINANCED
ARGUES , HAS ALTERED TASTES , DAMAGED THE CONSUMERISM , ENVIRONMENTAL SPOLIATION AND THE WHOLE , VAST
ENVIRONMENT, HURT THE CONSUMER , AND RANGE OF SELF - DESTRUCTIVE BEHAVIOR THAT WE ENGAGE IN OUT OF
HELPED FACILITATE THE LESS -THAN - SALUTARY SELF - INTEREST.”
SHIFT FROM LOCALISM TO GLOBALISM …F OOD,
—C HRISTOPHER C ALDWELL , F INANCIAL T IMES
TRULY, FOR THOUGHT.”

—T HE ATLANTIC “D RAWING FROM BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS , H EYMAN SHOWS HOW


THE FAILURE TO SACRIFICE SHORT-TERM GAINS ( GETTING HIGH ) FOR
“A FASCINATING PICTURE OF OUR CHANGING LONG -TERM GAINS ( SOBRIETY- AIDED PRODUCTIVITY ) IS ENDEMIC TO A
VIEWS OF PERISHABLE FOOD …I T IS THE CONSUMER CULTURE , AND HOW IMPORTANT A PERSON ’ S SOCIAL
HISTORICAL DETAIL OF F RESH THAT THROWS SO CONTEXT IS TO REINING IN THE PENCHANT FOR PLEASURE …H IS
MUCH LIGHT ON WHY WE NOW EAT THE WAY WE APPROACH IS REFRESHING , AVOIDING FALSE DILEMMAS ABOUT FREE
DO…F REIDBERG WRITES ELEGANTLY AND GOES WILL AND BIOLOGICAL DETERMINISM .”
BEYOND THE TECHNICAL TO DRAW OUT THIS
—G ARY G REENBERG , N EW S CIENTIST
PARADOX AT THE HEART OF TODAY ’ S CULTURE
OF CONSUMPTION .”
G E N E M . H E Y M A N is a research psychologist and a
—F ELICITY L AWRENCE , T HE G UARDIAN Lecturer in Psychology at Harvard Medical School.

S U S A N N E F R E I D B E R G is Associate Professor of CLOTH: JUNE 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03298-9 |


OCTOBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 20 LINE ILLUS. | 216 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05727-2 | $17.95 * (£13.95 UK) |
Geography at Dartmouth College.
PSYCHOLOGY / MEDICINE
BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: APRIL 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03291-0 |
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 28 HALFTONES | 416 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05722-7 | $17.95 * (£13.95 UK) |
CURRENT AFFAIRS

110 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s


How Professors Think Rethinking
Inside the Curious World of Academic Judgment
Juvenile Justice
Michèle Lamont
Elizabeth S. Scott and
In the academic evaluation system known as “peer review,” Laurence Steinberg
highly respected professors pass judgment, usually confidentially,
on the work of others. But only those present in the deliberative S OCIAL P OLICY B EST AUTHORED B OOK AWARD,
chambers know exactly what is said. Michèle Lamont observed S OCIETY FOR R ESEARCH ON A DOLESCENTS
deliberations for fellowships and research grants, and inter- What should we do with teenagers who com-
viewed panel members at length. In How Professors Think, she mit crimes? “Adult time for adult crime” has
reveals what she discovered about this secretive, powerful, pecu- been the justice system’s mantra for the last
liar world. twenty years. But locking up so many young
people puts a strain on state budgets—and
“T HIS FAIR - MINDED AND READER - FRIENDLY BOOK MIGHT JUST HELP ironically, the evidence suggests it ultimately
PRODUCE THE TRUST, RESPECT, AND TOLERANCE NECESSARY FOR
increases crime.
ACADEMIC COMMUNITY. BY CLOSELY EXAMINING SCHOLARLY
EVALUATION AND IDENTIFYING DISTINCTIVE DISCIPLINARY DEFINITIONS
“W HAT MAKES [ THIS ] BOOK SO VALUABLE IS
OF QUALITY AMONG THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES , M ICHÈLE THAT IT CAN BE RELIED UPON BY JUDGES ,
L AMONT SHOWS THAT ACADEMIC CULTURE , FAR FROM BEING A
LEGISLATURES , LAWYERS , AND POLICYMAKERS TO
HIERARCHY DECLINING FROM SUPPOSEDLY MORE ‘ RIGOROUS ’ AND
ENHANCE THE SOPHISTICATION WITH WHICH THEY
DEMANDING DISCIPLINES TO THOSE LESS SO , IS CONSTITUTED OF
CONSIDER THE VERY ISSUES THAT THEY ARE
MANY DIFFERENT EXCELLENCIES .”
CURRENTLY BEING CALLED ON TO DECIDE …
—T HOMAS B ENDER , AUTHOR OF I NTELLECT AND P UBLIC L IFE L AWMAKERS ALREADY LOOK TO S COTT AND
S TEINBERG ’ S EARLIER WORK WHEN THEY ADDRESS
“A LL THE DEANS AND PROVOSTS WHO FRET ABOUT THEIR RANKINGS
HOW THE LAW SHOULD RESPOND TO JUVENILE
AND GRANT MONEY SHOULD READ THIS FIRST- HAND ACCOUNT OF HOW
CRIME , AND THIS BOOK SHOULD ONLY ENHANCE
SCHOLARS AND SOCIAL SCIENTISTS ARE EVALUATED IN PRACTICE .”
THE SOPHISTICATION OF THOSE LAWMAKING
—B RUNO L ATOUR , AUTHOR OF P OLITICS OF N ATURE : H OW TO EFFORTS .”
B RING THE S CIENCES INTO D EMOCRACY —E MILY B USS ,
U NIVERSITY OF C HICAGO L AW R EVIEW
M I C H È L E L A M O N T is Robert I. Goldman Professor of
European Studies and Professor of Sociology and African and “T HIS IS A BOOK THAT EVERYONE SHOULD READ .”
African American Studies, and Senior Adviser on Faculty —LUCY S. M CG OUGH , L AW AND P OLITICS B OOK R EVIEW
Development and Diversity, Faculty of Arts and Sciences at
Harvard University.
E L I Z A B E T H S . S C O T T is Harold R. Medina Professor of

CLOTH: MARCH 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03266-8 |


Law at Columbia University. L A U R E N C E S T E I N B E R G is
OCTOBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 1 LINE ILLUS., 9 TABLES | 336 PP. | Distinguished University Professor of Psychology at Temple
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05733-3 | $17.95 * (£13.95 UK) | University.
EDUCATION / SOCIOLOGY

CLOTH: SEPTEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03086-2 |


SEPTEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 384 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05746-3 | $18.95 * (£14.95 UK) |
LAW / PSYCHOLOGY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 111


Mind in Life The Tinkerer’s
Biology, Phenomenology, and the Sciences of Mind
Accomplice
Evan Thompson How Design Emerges from Life Itself
H ONORABLE M ENTION , C ANADIAN J. Scott Turner
P HILOSOPHICAL A SSOCIATION AWARDS
Most people, when they contemplate the living world, conclude
How is life related to the mind? The ques-
that it is a designed place. So it is jarring when biologists come
tion has long confounded philosophers and
along and say this is all wrong. What most people see as design,
scientists, and it is this so-called explanatory
they say—purposeful, directed, even intelligent—is only an illu-
gap between biological life and conscious-
sion, something cooked up in a mind that is eager to see purpose
ness that Evan Thompson explores in Mind
where none exists. In these days of increasingly assertive chal-
in Life.
lenges to Darwinism, the question becomes acute: is our per-
“T HIS IS A HIGHLY IMPRESSIVE WORK , OF
ception of design simply a mental figment, or is there something
CONSIDERABLE SCOPE , IMPORTANCE , AND deeper at work?
ORIGINALITY…F OR PHILOSOPHERS OF BIOLOGY,
AS FOR COGNITIVE SCIENTISTS AND “I T IS FUN TO READ T URNER ’ S PROSE , TO LEARN FROM HIM ABOUT

PHILOSOPHERS OF MIND, M IND IN L IFE IS SURE SELF - ORGANIZING SYSTEMS AND THEIR ENORMOUS SIGNIFICANCE IN

TO BECOME ESSENTIAL READING .” EVOLUTION , AND TO THINK THROUGH HIS ARGUMENTS , WITH ALL
THEIR ACCOMPANYING INTELLECTUAL CHALLENGES . T HIS IMPORTANT
—J OHN C. WALLER , I SIS
BOOK IS FOR THOSE WHO SEARCH FOR AN UNDERSTANDING OF THE

“O NE OF THE RICHEST CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE VARIOUS FORMS THAT LIFE CAN TAKE AND OF HOW LIFE WORKS .”

STUDY OF ‘ MIND IN LIFE ’ IN RECENT YEARS . I T —C LAUS W EDEKIND, N ATURE


DESERVES TO BECOME A MAJOR WORK OF
REFERENCE AND INSPIRATION FOR RESEARCH IN “A SSURING READERS THAT HE IS NEITHER CHALLENGING D ARWINISM
THE IMMEDIATE FUTURE AND , INDEED, FOR NOR SLIPPING A DISGUISE OVER SO - CALLED INTELLIGENT DESIGN ,

MANY YEARS TO COME .” T URNER HOLDS THAT BLINDLY OPERATING NATURAL SELECTION DOES
NOT PRECLUDE WHAT HE INTERPRETS AS INTENTIONAL BIOLOGICAL
—K EITH A NSELL -P EARSON ,
ACTIVITY…T URNER ’ S THESIS SHOULD GAIN TRACTION WITH THOSE
P HENOMENOLOGY AND THE C OGNITIVE
THINKING AND DEBATING ISSUES IN EVOLUTION .”
S CIENCES
—G ILBERT TAYLOR , B OOKLIST
“T HOMPSON HAS WRITTEN A BOOK THAT FOR
PHILOSOPHERS MAY GIVE A NEW INCENTIVE TO J . S C O T T T U R N E R is Associate Professor at SUNY
RETHINK AND RECONCEPTUALIZE OUR PLACE IN College of Environmental Science and Forestry, Syracuse.
THE WORLD THAT SURPASSES DUALISTIC THINKING .”
CLOTH: JANUARY 2007 / ISBN 978-0-674-02353-6 |
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 8 HALFTONES, 31 LINES | 304 PP. |
—TAEDE A. S MEDES , M ETAPSYCHOLOGY
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05753-1 | $17.95X (£13.95 UK) |
E VA N T H O M P S O N is Professor of Philosophy at the SCIENCE

University of Toronto.

BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: APRIL 2007 / ISBN 978-0-674-02511-0 |


SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 8 COLOR ILLUS., 12 LINE ILLUS., 2 TABLES |
568 PP. | PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05751-7 | $24.95 * (£18.95 UK) |
PHILOSOPHY
112 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s
China Marches West Moral Dimensions
The Qing Conquest of Central Eurasia Permissibility, Meaning, Blame
Peter C. Perdue T. M. Scanlon
W INNER OF THE A SSOCIATION FOR A SIAN S TUDIES C HINA AND In a clear and elegant style, T. M. Scanlon
I NNER A SIA COUNCIL L EVENSON P RIZE FOR B OOKS IN C HINESE reframes current philosophical debates as he
S TUDIES , P RE -1900 C ATEGORY explores the moral permissibility of an
From about 1600 to 1800, the Qing empire of China expanded action.
to unprecedented size. Through astute diplomacy, economic
investment, and a series of ambitious military campaigns into “T HE FIRST HALF OF THE BOOK , ON
PERMISSIBILITY AND MEANING , AMOUNTS TO
the heart of Central Eurasia, the Manchu rulers defeated the
MASTERFUL AND INSIGHTFUL PHILOSOPHICAL
Zunghar Mongols and brought all of modern Xinjiang and Mon-
HOUSEKEEPING . T HE SECOND HALF IS
golia under their control, while gaining dominant influence in
REVOLUTIONARY IN THE WAYS IT TELLS US TO
Tibet. The China we know is a product of these vast conquests.
THINK ABOUT BLAME .”

—A LLAN G IBBARD,
“I N THIS MASSIVE AND BEAUTIFULLY ILLUSTRATED VOLUME , P ETER C.
LONDON R EVIEW OF B OOKS
P ERDUE HAS PRODUCED THE FIRST BROAD SURVEY IN A W ESTERN
LANGUAGE IN VIRTUALLY A CENTURY OF THE Q ING DYNASTY ’ S
“S CANLON EXAMINES THE PERMISSIBILITY OF
PROTRACTED WARS AGAINST THE Z UNGHARS …A S AN ACCOUNT OF
ACTIONS AND THE EVALUATIONS OF ACTORS ,
HOW C HINA DEFEATED THE Z UNGHARS AND HOW THE Q ING DYNASTY
WITH A NEW ACCOUNT OF BOTH THE INITIAL —
SECURED ITS CONQUEST OF THE EASTERN PART OF C ENTRAL E URASIA ,
AND AS HE SEES IT, ILLUSORY— ATTRACTION OF
THIS GROUND - BREAKING BOOK WILL BE READ BY BOTH SPECIALISTS
THE ‘ DOCTRINE OF DOUBLE EFFECT.’ HE ARGUES
EVALUATING THE ARGUMENTS AND BY STUDENTS NEEDING AN
THAT THE ILLUSION STEMS FROM CONFUSION
INTRODUCTION TO THIS IMPORTANT TOPIC .”
BETWEEN TWO TYPES OF MORAL JUDGMENT,
—C HRISTOPHER P. ATWOOD, WHICH APPLY PRINCIPLES IN WHAT S CANLON
A MERICAN H ISTORICAL R EVIEW TERMS EITHER ‘ CRITICAL’ OR ‘ DELIBERATIVE ’
USES . S CANLON USES THIS DIFFERENCE TO MAKE
“P ERDUE SUCCEEDS IN GIVING NEW LIFE TO MATTERS THAT HAVE
AN IMPORTANT NEW DISTINCTION BETWEEN THE
SUCCUMBED TO STALE CONVENTIONAL THINKING .”
PERMISSIBILITY OF ACTIONS AND THEIR
—LUCIAN P YE , F OREIGN A FFAIRS MEANING , AND TO DEVELOP ACCOUNTS OF
BLAME ( LINKED TO THE MEANING OF AN ACTION )
P E T E R C . P E R D U E is Professor of History at Yale AND MORAL RESPONSIBILITY THAT BEAR CLOSE ATTENTION .”
University. —J. H. B ARKER , C HOICE

BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: APRIL 2005 / ISBN 978-0-674-01684-2 |


SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄2 X 9 1⁄2 | 32 BLACK & WHITE ILLUS., 21 HALFTONES, T. M . S C A N L O N is Alford Professor of Natural Religion,
10 MAPS, 3 LINE ILLUS., 16 TABLES | 752 PP. | Moral Philosophy, and Civil Polity at Harvard University.
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05743-2 | $19.95X (£14.95 UK) |

BELKNAP PRESS | CLOTH: SEPTEMBER 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-03178-4 |


HISTORY

SEPTEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 264 PP. |


PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05745-6 | $17.95X (£13.95 UK) |
PHILOSOPHY

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 113


America’s Geisha Ally The Reaper’s Garden
Reimagining the Japanese Enemy Death and Power in the World of Atlantic Slavery
Naoko Shibusawa Vincent Brown
As the Cold War heated up the U.S. govern- CO - WINNER OF THE M ERLE C URTI AWARD,
ment decided to make Japan its bulwark O RGANIZATION OF A MERICAN H ISTORIANS
against communism in Asia. But how was W INNER OF THE J AMES A. R AWLEY P RIZE ,
the American public made to accept an O RGANIZATION OF A MERICAN H ISTORIANS
alliance with Japan so soon after the “Japs” W INNER OF THE LOUIS G OTTSCHALK P RIZE ,
had been demonized as subhuman, buck- A MERICAN S OCIETY FOR E IGHTEENTH -C ENTURY S TUDIES
toothed apes with Coke-bottle glasses? In
What did people make of death in the world of Atlantic slavery?
this revelatory work, Naoko Shibusawa
In The Reaper’s Garden, Vincent Brown asks this question about
charts the remarkable reversal from hated
Jamaica, the staggeringly profitable hub of the British Empire in
enemy to valuable ally that occurred in the
America—and a human catastrophe. Popularly known as the
two decades after the war.
grave of the Europeans, it was just as deadly for Africans and
their descendants. Yet among the survivors, the dead remained
“A N ENTERTAINING AND ERUDITE ACCOUNT ( A
RARE COMBINATION !) OF THE EVOLUTION OF
both a vital presence and a social force.
A MERICAN VIEWS OF J APAN IN THE YEARS
FOLLOWING J APAN ’ S SURRENDER IN AUGUST “E NGROSSING …B ROWN ’ S MAJOR CONCERN IS THE CULTURAL
SIGNIFICANCE OF DEATH IN A LAND MARKED BY HIGH MORTALITY.
1945…S HIBUSAWA’ S SPARKLING PROSE
MAKES A MERICA’ S G EISHA A LLY A FUN AND H ERE , HIS ACCOUNT IS COMPELLING AND HIGHLY ORIGINAL . HE IS
ESPECIALLY INTERESTED IN HOW BOTH WHITES AND BLACKS USED
ENLIGHTENING READ.”
DEATH TO CONTROL THE STRANGE ENVIRONMENT THEY FOUND
—K ENNETH J. R UOFF, A SAHI S HIMBUN
THEMSELVES IN .”

“I NGENIOUSLY COMBINES SOCIAL HISTORY AND —T REVOR B URNARD, T IMES H IGHER E DUCATION S UPPLEMENT
DOMESTIC HISTORY BY DISCUSSING HOW
A MERICAN CITIZENS CONTRIBUTED TO THE “B ROWN ’ S T HE R EAPER ' S G ARDEN IS A PENETRATING AND THOUGHT-
PROVOKING BOOK THAT IS A VALUABLE CONTRIBUTION TO THE STUDY
PROCESS OF INCORPORATING J APAN INTO THE
US- LED LIBERAL CAPITALIST FRAMEWORK IN
OF EARLY A MERICA B RITISH ATLANTIC WORLD. A S
AND THE

THE YEARS IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE S ECOND MORTALITY WAS A CENTRAL FACT THROUGHOUT COLONIAL A MERICAN
LIFE , FOR BLACKS AND WHITES , HISTORIANS WILL FIND THAT AFTER
W ORLD WAR .”
READING B ROWN ’ S BOOK , THEY MAY NEVER LOOK AT THE WORLD OF
—Y UJIN YAGUCHI ,
COLONIAL B RITISH A MERICA THE SAME WAY AGAIN .”
J OURNAL OF A MERICAN S TUDIES
—W. B RYAN R OMMEL -R UIZ , C OMMON -P LACE
N A O K O S H I B U S AWA is Assistant Professor of History
at Brown University. V I N C E N T B R O W N is Professor of History and of African
and African American Studies at Harvard University.
CLOTH: DECEMBER 2006 / ISBN 978-0-674-02348-2 |
SEPTEMBER | 5 1⁄2 X 8 1⁄4 | 11 HALFTONES | 408 PP. | CLOTH: FEBRUARY 2008 / ISBN 978-0-674-02422-9 |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05747-0 | $19.95X (£14.95 UK) | SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 18 HALFTONES, 6 MAPS/GRAPHS | 368 PP. |
HISTORY PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05712-8 | $19.95X (£14.95 UK) |
HISTORY

114 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s


Destined for Equality Minerva’s Owl
The Inevitable Rise of Women’s Status The Tradition of Western Political Thought
Robert Max Jackson Jeffrey Abramson
H ONORABLE M ENTION , A SSOCIATION OF A MERICAN P UBLISHERS This book serves as a lively and accessi-
P ROFESSIONAL /S CHOLARLY P UBLISHING A NNUAL AWARD ble guide for readers discovering the tra-
This volume, the first integrated analysis of gender inequality’s dition of political thought that dates back
modern decline, tells the story of that progressive movement to Socrates and Plato. Jeffrey Abramson
toward equality over the past two centuries in America, show- argues politics with the classic writers
ing that women’s status has risen consistently and continuously. and draws the reader into a spirited con-
As economic power has migrated into large-scale organizations versation with contemporary examples
inherently indifferent to gender distinctions, the patriarchal that illustrate the enduring nature of
model has lost its social and cultural sway, and women’s con- political dilemmas. As the discussions
tinual efforts to rise in the world became more successful. deepen, the voices of Abramson’s own
teachers and of the students he has
“N O ONE INTERESTED IN STATUS - BASED INEQUALITIES ( FOR EXAMPLE , taught enter into the mix; and the book
GENDER , RACE , ETHNICITY ) CAN AFFORD TO IGNORE THIS BOOK .” becomes a tribute not just to the great
—J ANET S ALTZMAN C HAFETZ , A MERICAN ACADEMY OF P OLITICAL philosophers but also to the special bond
AND S OCIAL S CIENCE A NNALS between teacher and student.

“T HIS AMBITIOUS BOOK DESERVES WIDE READERSHIP. O NE DOES NOT “A BRAMSON BESTOWS UPON READERS THE BENEFIT OF HIS DECADES
HAVE TO AGREE WITH J ACKSON THAT WOMEN WERE , AS THE TITLE OF TEACHING POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY…T HIS BOOK CONSISTS OF
SUGGESTS , ‘ DESTINED FOR EQUALITY ’ TO APPRECIATE THE STRAIGHTFORWARD AND LUCID EXPLORATIONS OF THE CANONICAL
FORCE OF HIS ARGUMENT AND THE CRISP AND THINKERS AND THEIR WORKS .”
CLEAR MANNER IN WHICH HE PRESENTS IT.”
—S TEVEN C HABOT, L IBRARY J OURNAL
—D ENNIS A. D ESLIPPE ,
J OURNAL OF A MERICAN H ISTORY “[A BRAMSON ] GIVES US A WONDERFULLY ACCESSIBLE SURVEY OF
THE ENTIRE FIELD OF W ESTERN POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY. H IS BOOK

R O B E R T M A X J A C K S O N is IS NOT ONLY A FINE INTRODUCTION FOR BEGINNERS , BUT ALSO

Associate Professor of Sociology at AN ERUDITE , NONPARTISAN CONSIDERATION FOR THOSE WHO

New York University. MAY BE MORE CONVERSANT WITH THE LITERATURE . T HERE IS
SOMETHING TO THINK ABOUT ON EVERY PAGE .”
CLOTH: 1998 / ISBN 978-0-674-05511-7 |
SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 |
—R OGER G ATHMAN , AUSTIN A MERICAN -S TATESMAN
11 LINE ILLUS., 1 TABLE | 336 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05728-9 |
$22.95X (£16.95 UK) |
J E F F R E Y A B R A M S O N is Professor of Government
SOCIOLOGY and Law and Fellow of the Frank C. Erwin, Jr. Centennial
Chair in Government, University of Texas at Austin.

CLOTH: APRIL 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03265-1 |


SEPTEMBER | 6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 400 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05702-9 | $18.95X (£14.95 UK) |
PHILOSOPHY / POLITICS

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 115


The Selma of “A WELL - RESEARCHED AND FASCINATING NARRATIVE …J ONES HAS
PRODUCED AN OUTSTANDING STUDY OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT

the North IN M ILWAUKEE WHICH SHOULD


OF OTHER N ORTHERN CITIES .”
PROVE A MODEL FOR INVESTIGATIONS

Civil Rights Insurgency in Milwaukee —R ON B RILEY, H ISTORY N EWS N ETWORK


Patrick D. Jones “S ELMA OF THE N ORTH IS A SOLID ENTRY INTO THE EXPANDING
BOOKSHELF ON CIVIL RIGHTS ACTIVISM IN THE N ORTH , OFFERING
A C HOICE O UTSTANDING A CADEMIC T ITLE
WHAT J ONES RIGHTLY CALLS ‘ANOTHER TILE TO THE MOSAIC ’ OF
CO -W INNER OF THE G AMBRINUS P RIZE , STUDIES ABOUT THE STRUGGLE FOR RACIAL JUSTICE IN THE
M ILWAUKEE COUNTY H ISTORICAL S OCIETY TWENTIETH CENTURY.”

Between 1958 and 1970, a distinctive —A MANDA I. S ELIGMAN , H-N ET


movement for racial justice emerged from
“A RIVETING NEW STORY OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT IN
unique circumstances in Milwaukee. A
A MERICA , A TALE ON PAR WITH S ELMA , B IRMINGHAM , AND
series of local leaders inspired growing num- M ONTGOMERY IN ITS POWER AND IMPORTANCE . T HIS STORY
bers of people to participate in campaigns TRANSCENDS EASY DICHOTOMIES OF BLACK AND WHITE , N ORTH
against employment and housing discrimi- AND S OUTH , RADICAL AND REFORMIST.”
nation, segregated public schools, the mem- —T IMOTHY B. T YSON , AUTHOR OF B LOOD D ONE S IGN M Y N AME
bership of public officials in discriminatory
organizations, welfare cuts, and police bru- PAT R I C K D . J O N E S is Assistant Professor of History and
tality. Patrick Jones tells a powerful and dra- Ethnic Studies, University of Nebraska.
matic story that is important for its insights
into civil rights history. CLOTH: FEBRUARY 2009 / ISBN 978-0-674-03135-7 | SEPTEMBER |
6 1⁄8 X 9 1⁄4 | 19 HALFTONES, 1 MAP | 360 PP. |
PAPER: ISBN 978-0-674-05729-6 | $22.95X (£16.95 UK) | HISTORY

The Nesting Season Prefaces to Shakespeare The Book That Changed Europe Habeas Corpus Duel at Dawn
Bernd Heinrich Tony Tanner Lynn Hunt, Margaret C. Jacob, Paul D. Halliday Amir Alexander
Belknap 2010 404 pp. Belknap 2010 848 pp. and Wijnand Mijnhardt Belknap 2010 512 pp. New Histories of Science,
Cloth $29.95 / £22.95 Cloth $39.95* / £29.95 Belknap 2010 400 pp. Cloth $39.95 / £29.95 Technology, and Medicine
ISBN 978-0-674-04877-5 ISBN 978-0-674-05137-9 Cloth $32.95 / £24.95 ISBN 978-0-674-04901-7 2010 320 pp.
ISBN 978-0-674-04928-4 Cloth $28.95 / £21.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04661-0

116
The Crisis of Opium A New Literary History The Last Tortoise We Ain’t What We Ought To Be
Capitalist Democracy Pierre-Arnaud Chouvy of America Craig B. Stanford Stephen Tuck
Richard A. Posner 2010 272 pp. Edited by Greil Marcus Belknap 2010 240 pp. Belknap 2010 528 pp.
2010 408 pp. Cloth $27.95 / NA and Werner Sollors Cloth $23.95 / £17.95 Cloth $29.95 / £22.95
Cloth $25.95 / £19.95 ISBN 978-0-674-05134-8 Belknap 2009 1128 pp. ISBN 978-0-674-04992-5 ISBN 978-0-674-03626-0
ISBN 978-0-674-05574-2 Cloth $49.95 / £36.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03594-2

Saturday Is for Funerals Confederate Reckoning Myths about Suicide Bilingual An Anthology of
Unity Dow and Max Essex Stephanie McCurry Thomas Joiner François Grosjean Modern Irish Poetry
2010 240 pp. 2010 456 pp. 2010 304 pp. 2010 304 pp. Edited by Wes Davis
Cloth $19.95 / £14.95 Cloth $35.00 / £25.95 Cloth $25.95 / £19.95 Cloth $25.95 / £19.95 Belknap 2010 1024 pp.
ISBN 978-0-674-05077-8 ISBN 978-0-674-04589-7 ISBN 978-0-674-04822-5 ISBN 978-0-674-04887-4 Cloth $35.00 / £21.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04951-2

The Parthenon, Revised Edition Pope and Devil Network Nation Playing the Numbers The Spirit of the Law
Mary Beard Hubert Wolf Richard R. John Shane White, Sarah Barringer Gordon
Wonders of the World Belknap 2010 336 pp. Belknap 2010 528 pp. Stephen Garton, Belknap
2010 204 pp. Cloth $29.95 / £22.95 Cloth $39.95* / £29.95 Stephen Robertson, 2010 352 pp.
Paper $14.95 / NA ISBN 978-0-674-05081-5 ISBN 978-0-674-02429-8 and Graham White Cloth $29.95 / £22.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05563-6 2010 320 pp. ISBN 978-0-674-04654-2
Cloth $26.95 / £19.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05107-2
117
The Art of the Sonnet Setting Down The Shock of the Global The Evolution of Childhood A Home Elsewhere
Stephen Burt and David Mikics the Sacred Past Edited by Niall Ferguson, Melvin Konner Robert B. Stepto
Belknap 2010 464 pp. Laurie F. Maffly-Kipp Charles S. Maier, Erez Manela, Belknap 2010 960 pp. The W. E. B. Du Bois Lectures
Cloth $35.00 / £25.95 Belknap 2010 352 pp. and Daniel Sargent Cloth $39.95 / £29.95 2010 192 pp.
ISBN 978-0-674-04814-0 Cloth $29.95 / £22.95 Belknap 2010 448 pp. ISBN 978-0-674-04566-8 Cloth $22.95 / £16.95
ISBN 978-0-674-05079-2 Cloth $29.95 / £22.95 ISBN 978-0-674-05096-9
ISBN 978-0-674-04904-8

Moses Montefiore Selected Poems of A Swindler’s Progress The Idea of Justice The Hebrew Republic
Abigail Green Frederick Goddard Tuckerman Kirsten McKenzie Amartya Sen Eric Nelson
Belknap 2010 560 pp. Edited by Ben Mazer 2010 368 pp. Belknap 2009 496 pp. 2010 240 pp.
Cloth $35.00 / £24.95 Belknap 2010 240 pp. Cloth $29.95 / £22.95 OANZ Cloth $29.95 / NA Cloth $27.95* / £20.95
ISBN 978-0-674-04880-5 Cloth $19.95 / £14.95 ISBN 978-0-674-05278-9 ISBN 978-0-674-03613-0 ISBN 978-0-674-05058-7
ISBN 978-0-674-05048-8

The Grand Strategy of the Prayers of the Faithful Muhammad and the Believers The Thirty Years War Saving Schools
Byzantine Empire James P. McCartin Fred M. Donner Peter H. Wilson Paul E. Peterson
Belknap 2009 512 pp. 2010 240 pp. Belknap 2010 304 pp. Belknap 2009 1040 pp. Belknap 2010 336 pp.
Cloth $35.00 / £25.95 Cloth $25.95 / £19.95 Cloth $25.95 / £19.95 Cloth $35.00 / USA Cloth $25.95 / £19.95
ISBN 978-0-674-03519-5 ISBN 978-0-674-04913-0 ISBN 978-0-674-05097-6 ISBN 978-0-674-03634-5 ISBN 978-0-674-05011-2

118
‘Dividing the Realm in Order to Govern’, 85 Dialectical Disputations, 59 Jordan-Young, Brain Storm, 43 Rana, Two Faces of American Freedom, 39
“I have always loved the Holy Tongue”, 25 Dickinson, 4 Journey Through the Afterlife, 33 Rawson, Eden on the Charles, 32
Abramson, Minerva’s Owl, 115 Dilemmas and Connections, 37 Justice for Hedgehogs, 1 Reading and Writing in Babylon, 40
Ackerman, Decline and Fall of the American…, 11 Diversity of Life, 104 Kang, Sublime Dreams of Living Machines, 61 Reaper’s Garden, 114
Adams, My Dearest Friend, 97 Do Metaphors Dream of Literal Sleep?, 63 Kateb, Human Dignity, 3 RES, 88
Addiction, 110 Doherty, New Geographies, 82 Kepel, Beyond Terror and Martyrdom, 105 Reshaping the Work-Family Debate, 49
Advertising Empire, 66 Doueihi, Augustine and Spinoza, 72 Kleanthes and Habrokome, 93 Restless Plant, 74
Age of Fracture, 12 Doxiadis, Shackles of Modernity, 93 Kleinberg, Seven Deadly Sins, 102 Rethinking Juvenile Justice, 111
Ali, Marriage and Slavery in Early Islam, 72 Dreyfus, Wagner and the Erotic Impulse, 52 Kleos in a Minor Key, 90 Rodgers, Age of Fracture, 12
America’s Geisha Ally, 114 Duménil, Crisis of Neoliberalism, 76 Koller, Restless Plant, 74 Rojas, Building Cities, 94
American Art at Dumbarton Oaks, 80 Dunbar, How Many Friends Does One Person…, 22 Krippner, Capitalizing on Crisis, 68 Rojas, Great Wall, 46
Amphitryon. The Comedy of Asses…, 70 Dunn, Roosevelt’s Purge, 9 Lab, 23 Roosevelt’s Purge, 9
Ancestral Memory in Early China, 83 Dworkin, Justice for Hedgehogs, 1 Labaree, Someone Has to Fail, 55 Safran, Wandering Soul, 17
Anderson, Place in Public, 87 Dynamics of Masters Literature, 83 Lamont, How Professors Think, 111 Sailor Diplomat, 86
Arc of the Moral Universe and Other Essays, 62 Early Byzantine Pilgrimage Art, 79 Last of the Mohicans, 106 Same Thing Over and Over, 54
Arenson, Great Heart of the Republic, 60 Early Chinese Empires, 109 Last Utopia, 7 Samuel Johnson, 101
Arthur Miller, 100 Ecologies of Human Flourishing, 92 Latin America’s Cold War, 50 San Marco, Byzantium, and the Myths of Venice, 79
Arundel Lyrics. The Poems of Hugh Primas, 45 Eden on the Charles, 32 Learned Banqueters, 71 Saturnalia, 71
Athenaeus, Learned Banqueters, 71 Edgar, Vulgate Bible, 44 Legality, 78 Scanlon, Moral Dimensions, 113
Augustine and Spinoza, 72 Edwards, Lab, 23 Legally Poisoned, 78 Scartascini, How Democracy Works, 94
Austen, Pride and Prejudice, 6 End of Arrogance, 16 Levmore, Offensive Internet, 35 Schutt, Homelessness, Housing, and Mental Illness, 68
Azimi, Quest for Democracy in Iran, 109 Epic Rhapsode and His Craft, 91 Lewis, Early Chinese Empires, 109 Scott, Rethinking Juvenile Justice, 111
Baker, 50 Most Extreme Places in Our Solar…, 20 Evolution of the Human Head, 36 Lieberman, Evolution of the Human Head, 36 Seeing Patients, 34
Bayly, Forgotten Wars, 105 Falconi, Portraits of an Invisible Country, 95 Life in a Shell, 73 Seeing Stars, 86
Beowulf Manuscript, 45 Fash, Copan Sculpture Museum, 89 Lubet, Fugitive Justice, 31 Selma of the North, 116
Berlin-Baghdad Express, 10 50 Most Extreme Places in Our Solar System, 20 Luft, Total Cure, 99 Seven Deadly Sins, 102
Beyond Terror and Martyrdom, 105 Forgotten Wars, 105 Macrobius, Saturnalia, 71 Shackles of Modernity, 93
Bigsby, Arthur Miller, 100 Foster, Wildlands and Woodlands, 81 Maguire, San Marco, Byzantium, and the…, 79 Shapiro, Legality, 78
Bindman, Image of the Black in Western Art, 18 Freeberg, Democracy’s Prisoner, 108 Manifest in Words, Written on Paper, 84 Shi’ism, 14
Blanning, Triumph of Music, 102 Freidberg, Fresh, 110 Manos, Kleanthes and Habrokome, 93 Shibusawa, America’s Geisha Ally, 114
Blatman, Death Marches, 24 Fresh, 110 Marriage and Slavery in Early Islam, 72 Someone Has to Fail, 55
Boccaccio, Genealogy of the Pagan Gods, 58 Frost, Seeing Stars, 86 Martin, Dairy Queens, 64 Songs of Contentment and Transgression, 85
Boon, In Praise of Copying, 15 Fugitive Justice, 31 Martin, Samuel Johnson, 101 Sound and Script in Chinese Diaspora, 63
Bornstein, Colors of Zion, 38 Fulk, Beowulf Manuscript, 45 Master of Signs, 90 Sternberg, College Admissions for the 21st Century, 29
Bossert, Consistency, Choice, and Rationality, 76 Galileo Goes to Jail and Other Myths…, 98 Mauch, Sailor Diplomat, 86 Sternberg, Healing Spaces, 98
Bowd, Venice’s Most Loyal City, 65 Garland, Peculiar Institution, 2 Maynard’s Revenge, 75 Stevens, God-Fearing and Free, 51
Boyd, On the Origin of Stories, 104 Genealogy of the Pagan Gods, 58 McDonough, Arundel Lyrics. The Poems…, 45 Strangers on the Western Front, 67
Brain Storm, 43 Gildea, Children of the Revolution, 108 McGregor, Paris from the Ground Up, 103 Sublime Dreams of Living Machines, 61
Brakke, Gnostics, 69 Gnostics, 69 McMeekin, Berlin-Baghdad Express, 10 Swearer, Ecologies of Human Flourishing, 92
Brands, Latin America’s Cold War, 50 God-Fearing and Free, 51 McNally, What Is Mental Illness?, 28 Tan, Songs of Contentment and Transgression, 85
Brashier, Ancestral Memory in Early China, 83 Gonzalez, Epic Rhapsode and His Craft, 91 Mind in Life, 112 Taylor, Dilemmas and Connections, 37
Brown, Reaper’s Garden, 114 Grafton,“I have always loved the Holy Tongue”, 25 Minerva’s Owl, 115 Taylor, Journey Through the Afterlife, 33
Building Cities, 94 Grafton, Classical Tradition, 13 Moche of Ancient Peru, 89 Taylor, Maynard’s Revenge, 75
C. P. Cavafy: Poems, 92 Great Heart of the Republic, 60 Moral Dimensions, 113 Taylor, Pilgrims of the Vertical, 26
Capitalizing on Crisis, 68 Great Wall, 46 Moreton, To Serve God and Wal-Mart, 99 Technology of Empire, 87
Carder, American Art at Dumbarton Oaks, 80 Greenhalgh, Cultivating Global Citizens, 67 Mostern,‘Dividing the Realm in Order to Govern’, 85 Tell, Plato’s Counterfeit Sophists, 91
Carder, Home of the Humanities, 80 Greeson, Our South, 62 Moyn, Last Utopia, 7 Theodor W. Adorno, 101
Cavafy, C. P. Cavafy: Poems, 92 Group Experiment and Other Writings, 65 My Dearest Friend, 97 Thompson, Mind in Life, 112
Charpin, Reading and Writing in Babylon, 40 Grund, Humanist Tragedies, 59 Naive and the Sentimental Novelist, 5 Tinkerer’s Accomplice, 112
Chen, Poetics of Sovereignty, 84 Guernsey, Place of Stone Monuments, 81 Near Andersonville, 47 To Serve God and Wal-Mart, 99
Children of the Revolution, 108 Hadrian, 100 New Geographies, 82 Total Cure, 99
China Marches West, 113 Harcourt, Illusion of Free Markets, 57 No Right Turn, 30 Triumph of Music, 102
Chu, Do Metaphors Dream of Literal Sleep?, 63 Healing Spaces, 98 Nugent, Manifest in Words, Written on Paper, 84 Tsu, Sound and Script in Chinese Diaspora, 63
Ciarlo, Advertising Empire, 66 Heart of William James, 27 Numbers, Galileo Goes to Jail and Other Myths…, 98 Turner, Tinkerer’s Accomplice, 112
Classical Tradition, 13 Hess, Same Thing Over and Over, 54 Nusseibeh, What Is a Palestinian State Worth?, 8 Two Faces of American Freedom, 39
Claussen, Theodor W. Adorno, 101 Heyman, Addiction, 110 Offensive Internet, 35 Valla, Dialectical Disputations, 59
Cohen, Arc of the Moral Universe and Other…, 62 Hirschl, Constitutional Theocracy, 77 On the Origin of Stories, 104 Vendler, Dickinson, 4
College Admissions for the 21st Century, 29 History of the Arab Peoples, 103 Opper, Hadrian, 100 Venice’s Most Loyal City, 65
Colors of Zion, 38 Hollmann, Master of Signs, 90 Our South, 62 Vikan, Early Byzantine Pilgrimage Art, 79
Common Sense, 106 Home of the Humanities, 80 Paine, Common Sense, 106 Vita Nuova, 41
Conley, Proceedings of the Harvard Celtic…, 96 Homelessness, Housing, and Mental Illness, 68 Pamuk, Naive and the Sentimental Novelist, 5 Vulgate Bible, 44
Consistency, Choice, and Rationality, 76 Horrocks, Johnson After Three Centuries, 95 Paris from the Ground Up, 103 Wagner and the Erotic Impulse, 52
Constitutional Identity, 77 Hourani, History of the Arab Peoples, 103 Peculiar Institution, 2 Wandering Soul, 17
Constitutional Theocracy, 77 How Democracy Works, 94 Pellizzi, RES, 88 Warren, What Was African American Literature?, 53
Cooper, Last of the Mohicans, 106 How Many Friends Does One Person Need?, 22 Perdue, China Marches West, 113 Watt, When Empire Comes Home, 88
Copan Sculpture Museum, 89 How Professors Think, 111 Perlmutter, Promotion and Tenure Confidential, 56 Weber, End of Arrogance, 16
Courtwright, No Right Turn, 30 Human Dignity, 3 Petropoulos, Kleos in a Minor Key, 90 Weiss, In the Shadow of Sectarianism, 66
Cranor, Legally Poisoned, 78 Humanist Tragedies, 59 Pilgrims of the Vertical, 26 What Is Mental Illness?, 28
Crisis of Neoliberalism, 76 Hungry World, 48 Place in Public, 87 What Was African American Literature?, 53
Cullather, Hungry World, 48 Illusion of Free Markets, 57 Place of Stone Monuments, 81 What Is a Palestinian State Worth?, 8
Cultivating Global Citizens, 67 Image of the Black in Western Art, 18 Plato’s Counterfeit Sophists, 91 When Empire Comes Home, 88
Dabashi, Shi’ism, 14 In Praise of Copying, 15 Plautus, Amphitryon. The Comedy of Asses…, 70 White, Seeing Patients, 34
Dairy Queens, 64 In the Shadow of Sectarianism, 66 Poetics of Sovereignty, 84 Wildlands and Woodlands, 81
Dante, Vita Nuova, 41 Jackson, Destined for Equality, 115 Poetry and the Police, 21 Williams, Reshaping the Work-Family Debate, 49
Darnton, Poetry and the Police, 21 Jackson, Life in a Shell, 73 Pollock, Group Experiment and Other Writings, 65 Wilson, Diversity of Life, 104
Death Marches, 24 Jacobsohn, Constitutional Identity, 77 Portraits of an Invisible Country, 95 Wood, Near Andersonville, 47
Decline and Fall of the American Republic, 11 James, Heart of William James, 27 Pride and Prejudice, 6 Xu, Strangers on the Western Front, 67
Democracy’s Prisoner, 108 Jazairy, New Geographies, 82 Proceedings of the Harvard Celtic Colloquium, 96 Yang, Technology of Empire, 87
Denecke, Dynamics of Masters Literature, 83 Johnson After Three Centuries, 95 Promotion and Tenure Confidential, 56
Desert Kingdom, 42 Jones, Desert Kingdom, 42 Quest for Democracy in Iran, 109
Destined for Equality, 115 Jones, Selma of the North, 116 Quilter, Moche of Ancient Peru, 89

w w w. h u p. h a r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p ress 119


Domestic orders/inquiries Sales representation and distribution
Customer Service, Harvard University Press, c/o Triliteral-LLC,
UNITED STATES OFFICE
100 Maple Ridge Drive, Cumberland, RI 02864-1769
In Canada, Harvard University Press books In Canada:
Phone: USA & Canada, 1-800-405-1619; all others, (401) 531-2800 are sold directly at U.S. discounts. For all territo- Mr. David Stimpson
ries not covered by the European Office, below, University Press Group
Fax: USA & Canada, 1-800-406-9145; all others, (401) 531-2801 excluding Australia and New Zealand, orders 164 Hillsdale Ave. East
should be sent to: Toronto, Ontario M4S 1T5 Canada
Email orders to: orders@triliteral.org TEL: 416-484-8296 FAX: 416-484-0602
Email inquiries to: customer.care@triliteral.org Customer Service
dcstimpson@yahoo.com
Harvard University Press
Harvard is a member of PUBNET. SAN: 631-8126 c/o Triliteral-LLC In Central America:
Individuals are urged to order through a bookseller. 100 Maple Ridge Drive Ms. Cynthia Zimpfer
Cumberland, RI 02864-1769 Zimpfer Books Latin America
Booksellers may order all titles at regular discounts and terms that are published in Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico
the ABA handbook. A discount schedule may be obtained from the Sales Department SALES REPRESENTATION TEL & FAX: 52-777-310-3846
at (617) 495-2606. Susan Donnelly, Director of Sales zbookslat@earthlink.net
Bookseller discount codes: Trade discount books: no mark; Harvard University Press In the Caribbean:
academic trade books: *, will be discounted at 40% to all retail and wholesale 79 Garden St. Ms. Cynthia Zimpfer
customers; text discount books: x, will be discounted at 20% for all retailers Cambridge, MA 02138 Zimpfer Books Caribbean
except agency plan members. TEL: 617-495-2606 FAX: 617-496-4892 USA TEL & FAX: 1-973-378-2462
susan_donnelly@harvard.edu zbookscarib@earthlink.net
Book review editors: Fax requests for review copies to the Publicity Department Internet Sales and Electronic Data: In China:
at (617) 495-4051 or send requests by email to: publicity_hup@harvard.edu. Ms. Vanessa Vinarub Ms. Wei Zhao
Exam copy requests must be submitted on departmental letterhead to the Assistant Sales Director and Everest International Publishing Services
Customer Service Department. Requests may be faxed to 1-800-406-9145 or Electronic Information Manager 2-1-503 UHN International
(401) 531-2801 and should include course title and estimated enrollment. TEL: 617-495-2650 FAX: 617-496-4892 Beijing 100028, China
vanessa_vinarub@harvard.edu TEL: 86-10-5130-1051 FAX: 86-10-5130-1052
Libraries are urged to order through a wholesaler.
In New York City and Special Sales: wzbooks@aol.com
They may also order directly and may choose Harvard’s Standing Order Plan.
Ms. Briana Ross In Hong Kong:
Terms: Net 30 days. TEL: 617-384-7515 FAX: 617-496-4892 Ms. Jane Lam
Claims: Customer claims involving short shipment or non-delivery must be briana_ross@harvard.edu Aromix Books Company Ltd.
communicated to Customer Service within 60 days of invoice date. Unit 7, 8/F, Blk B
In the Midwest and Pacific Northwest:
Hoi Luen Industrial Ctr.
Returns: Books must be in resaleable condition. No permission required, but invoice Mr. John Eklund
No 55, Hoi Yuen Rd., Kwun Tong
information must be provided or a penalty discount will be used. No returns accepted TEL: 414-963-4372 FAX: 414-963-4379
Kowloon, Hong Kong
after 18 months. johneklund@attglobal.net
TEL: 852-2749-1288 FAX: 852-2749-0068
Send books prepaid, carefully packed, and marked“Returns”to: In the Southwest and CA: jane@aromix.ath.cx
Harvard University Press, Returns, c/o Triliteral-LLC, Ms. Patricia Nelson
In Israel:
100 Maple Ridge Dr., Cumberland, RI 02864-1769. TEL: 505-466-1327 FAX: 505-466-1044
Mr. Rodney Franklin
patricia.nelson@attglobal.net
Rodney Franklin Agency
Canadian customers can send returns to:
In the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic: P.O.B. 37727, Tel Aviv 61376, Israel
Harvard University Press, c/o Georgetown Book Warehouse,
Ms. Adena Siegel TEL: +972-3-5600-724
34 Armstrong Ave., Georgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9, Canada.
TEL: 860-491-9047 FAX: 860-491-5265 FAX: +972-3-5600-479
Area sales restrictions adena_siegel@attglobal.net Rodneyf@netvision.net.il
NA For sale in North America only In NC, SC, TN, VA, WV: In Japan:
COBE Not for sale in United Kingdom and Commonwealth Mr. Wayne Donnell Mr. Gilles Fauveau
(except Canada) George Scheer Associates Rockbook Inc.
COBEE Not for sale in United Kingdom, Commonwealth, and Europe TEL: 1-800-265-8504 FAX: 336-854-6908 2-3-25, 9 Fl., Kudanminami
(except Canada) wrdonnell@aol.com Chiyoda-Ku
OANZ Not for sale in Australia and New Zealand Tokyo, 102-0074, Japan
In AL, FL, GA, MS, :
OBE World rights except United Kingdom and Commonwealth TEL: +81-3-3264-0144 FAX: +81-3-3264-0440
Mr. Tom Murphy
OBEEI World rights except United Kingdom, Commonwealth, aupgjapan@rockbook.net
George Scheer Associates
Europe, and Israel
TEL: 404-378-8527 FAX: 404-601-7408 In South Korea:
OISC Not for sale in Indian subcontinent
murphy.scheer@mac.com Mr. Se-Yung Jun & Ms. Min-Hwa Yoo
OLACAR Not for sale in Latin America or the Caribbean
Information & Culture Korea
OMEIPSAA Not for sale in Middle East, Indian Subcontinent, South Asia, In AR, LA, OK, TX: 473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku
Southeast Asia, or Australia Ms. Elaine Rathgeber Seoul, Korea 121-842
USA For sale in the United States and its dependencies only George Scheer Associates TEL: 82-2-3141-4791 FAX: 82-2-3141-7733
TEL: 512-336-3867 FAX: 512-336-3861 cs.ick@ick.co.kr
elainey@earthlink.net
All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice.

120 w w w.hup.ha r va rd. e d u ( h a r va rd u n i ve r s i t y p re s s


EUROPEAN OFFICE
In Southeast Asia: The United Kingdom, Continental Europe, Eire, SALES REPRESENTATION SALES DISTRIBUTION (NONEXCLUSIVE)
the Middle East, Africa, India, and Pakistan: In France, Benelux, & Scandinavia: In Africa (including Cameroon,
In Singapore:
Mr. Phillip Ang Information and catalogues: Academic Book Promotions Ethiopia, Gambia, Ghana, Kenya,
ChoiceTEXTS (Asia) Pte Ltd Harvard University Press Attn: Fred Hermans Malawi, Mauritius, Nigeria, Rwanda,
7 Kampong Bahru Road Fitzroy House, Hoofdstraat 261 Tanzania, Uganda, & Zambia):
Singapore 169342 11 Chenies Street, London 1611 AG Bovenkarspel Tony Moggach (IMA)
TEL: +65 6324 3616 FAX: +65 6324 5669 WC1E 7EY England The Netherlands 14 York Rise
phillip_ang@choicetexts.com.sg TEL: +44-(0)207-306-0603 TEL: +31-(0) 228-516664 London NW5 1ST, England
FAX: +44-(0)207-306-0604 FAX: +31-(0) 228-518384 TEL: +44 (0) 207 267 8054
In Malaysia & Brunei: hermans@acadbookprom.nl FAX: +44 (0) 207 485 8462
Mr. Simon Tay info@hup-mitpress.co.uk
In Germany, Austria, tony.moggach@moggach.demon.co.uk
Apex Knowledge Sdn Bhd Orders:
12 Jalan Pemberita U1/49 Harvard University Press Switzerland, & Italy: In India:
Temasya Industrial Park, Glenmarie Seksyen U1 c/o John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Uwe Lüdemann Mediamatics
40150 Shah Alam, Selangor Southern Cross Trading Estate Schleiermacherstr. 8 59/10, Prince Bakhtiar Shah Road
Malaysia 1 Oldlands Way D-10961 Berlin, Germany Kolkata – 700 033, India
TEL: +603-5569 1696 FAX: +603-5569 1884 Bognor Regis, W. Sussex TEL: +49-30-69508189 TEL: 033 32009632/32957955
simon@apexknowledge.com.my PO22 9SA, England FAX: +49-30-69508190 FAX: 033 24227924
TEL: +44-(0)1243-779777 mail@uwe-luedemann.de ssbedi@phindia.com
In Philippines:
Ms. Jean Lim FAX: +44-(0)1243 843303 In Pakistan: In Iran:
MegaTEXTS Phil., Inc. cs-books@wiley.com Saleem Malik Mr. Farhad Maftoon
 European publication will be one
Room 503, One Corporate Plaza Condominium World Press Jahan Adib Publishing
845 Amaiz Road 27/A, Al-Firdous Ave. 1st Floor, No 12, Behesht-Aaeen Alley
month later than the date given in Davazdah-e-Farvardin St.
San Lorenzo Village, 1200 Makati City Faiz Road Muslim Town
the catalog.
 Please note area sales restrictions
Philippines Lahore, 54600, Pakistan Enghelab Ave., Tehran 13149-63951 Iran
TEL: +63-2-813 5814 FAX: +63-2-840 2760 TEL: +042-3588-1617 TEL: +98 (0)21- 6696 9111 - 6697 1329 - 66412126 & 7
outlined on page 108. worldpress@gmail.com TEL/FAX: +98 (0) 21 66971329
 Discount codes do not apply to the
megatexts.cbu@igroupnet.com
Cell: +98 (0) 912 114 0671
In Thailand: In Poland, Hungary, Slovenia,
territories listed at right. maftoon@neda.net
 VAT may be charged in EC countries
Ms. Suphaluck Sattabuz the Czech Republic, Slovakia,
www.jahanadib.com
Booknet Co., Ltd. Croatia, Russia, Lithuania, Latvia,
at the appropriate national rate. Estonia, Romania, Serbia, Albania, In Cyprus, Jordan, Malta,
 Customers should include their
8 Krungthep Krethat 8 Yaek 8
Huamark Bangkapi & Bosnia & Herzegovina: Morocco, Tunisia, & Turkey:
Bangkok 10240, Thailand VAT registration number/exemption Ewa Ledochowicz Claire de Gruchy
TEL: 66 (0)2 769 3888 FAX: 66 (0)2 379 5183 details with order. PO Box 8 Avicenna Partnership Ltd.
sup@book.co.th  Billing in Euros is possible within the 05-520 Konstancin-Jeziorna PO Box 484
Poland Oxford OX2 9W Q, England
In Taiwan: Euro Zone.
 Contact John Wiley at the address
TEL: + 4822 754 1764 FAX: + 4822 756 4572 TEL: +44 (0) 7771 887843
B.K. Norton, Ms. Meihua Sun e.ledochowicz@adtv.pl claire_degruchy@yahoo.co.uk
5F, 60, Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4 above for more details.
Taipei 100 Taiwan In Southern Africa: In Bahrain, Egypt, Iraq, Kuwait,
TEL: +886-2-6632-0088 Cory Voigt, Palgrave Lebanon, Libya, Oman, Qatar,
FAX: +886-2-6632-9772 Private Bag X19 Saudi Arabia, Syria,
meihua@bookman.com.tw Northlands (Johannesburg) Sudan, UAE, & Yemen:
2116 South Africa Bill Kennedy
SALES REPRESENTATION & TEL: +27 11 731 3300 FAX: +27 11 731 3569 Avicenna Partnership Ltd.
EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTION palgrave@macmillan.co.za PO Box 484
In Australia & NZ: In Spain & Portugal: Oxford OX2 9W Q, England
Inbooks – c/o James Bennett Pty. Ltd. Christopher Humphrys TEL: +44 (0) 7802 244457
Ms. Alexa Burnell, 3 Narabang Way Calle Teodoro de Molina 9 FAX: +44 (0) 1387 247375
Belrose NSW 2085 Australia Apartado 83 bill.kennedy@btinternet.com
TEL: +61-2-9986-7037 FAX: +61-2-9986-7090 29480 Gaucin, Malaga
marketing@inbooks.com.au Spain
TEL: (+34) 952-151462 FAX: (+34) 952-151463
SALES DISTRIBUTION (NONEXCLUSIVE) humph4hra@gmail.com
In Japan:
United Publishers Services
1-32-5 Higashi Shinagawa
Shiagawa-Ku, Tokyo 140-0002 Japan
TEL: 03-5479-7251 FAX: 03-5479-7303
In Malaysia:
YUHA Associates
Mr. Ahmad Zahar Kamaruddin
No. 17, Jalan Bola Jaring,
13/15, Seksyen 13, 40000 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia
TEL: 03-5511 9799 FAX: 03-5519 4677
yuha_sb@tm.net.my
N O N -P R O F I T O R G .
U.S. P O S TA G E
PAID
B O S T O N , MA
P E R M I T N O.
2709

harvard university press


79 garden street 3 cambridge ma 02138
www.hup.harvard.edu

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi